(5477,16,'2011-10-03 16:08:17','2011-10-03 16:08:17','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"19sept\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instabookad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n[wdgpo_plusone]\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n<link href=\"http://cdn-images.mailchimp.com/embedcode/classic-081711.css\" rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\">\r\n<style type=\"text/css\">\r\n	#mc_embed_signup{background:#fff; clear:left; font:14px Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; }\r\n	input#mc-embedded-subscribe.button {clear:both; background-color: #aaa; border: 0 none; border-radius:4px; color: #FFFFFF; cursor: pointer; display: inline-block; font-size:15px; font-weight: bold; height: 32px; line-height: 32px; margin: 0 5px 10px 0; padding: 0 22px; text-align: center; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap; width: auto;}\r\ninput#mc-embedded-subscribe.button:hover {background-color:#777;}\r\ninput#mce-EMAIL {border:1px solid #999; -webkit-appearance:none;}\r\ninput#mce-EMAIL[type=checkbox]{-webkit-appearance:checkbox;}\r\ninput#mce-EMAIL[type=radio]{-webkit-appearance:radio;}\r\ninput#mce-EMAIL:focus {border-color:#333;}\r\n</style>\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\">\r\n<form action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" name=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" target=\"_blank\">\r\n	<h2>Subscribe to our mailing list</h2>\r\n<div class=\"indicates-required\"><span class=\"asterisk\">*</span> indicates required</div>\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\">\r\n	<label for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address  <span class=\"asterisk\">*</span>\r\n</label>\r\n	<input type=\"email\" value=\"\" name=\"EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" id=\"mce-EMAIL\">\r\n</div>\r\n	<div id=\"mce-responses\" class=\"clear\">\r\n		<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-error-response\" style=\"display:none\"></div>\r\n		<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-success-response\" style=\"display:none\"></div>\r\n	</div>	<div class=\"clear\"><input type=\"submit\" value=\"Subscribe\" name=\"subscribe\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"button\"></div>\r\n</form>\r\n</div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\r\nvar fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\';\r\ntry {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    jqueryLoaded=true;\r\n} catch(err) {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=false;\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nif (!jqueryLoaded) {\r\n    var script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\n    script.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\n    script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';\r\n    head.appendChild(script);\r\n    if (script.readyState && script.onload!==null){\r\n        script.onreadystatechange= function () {\r\n              if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();\r\n        }    \r\n    }\r\n}\r\nvar script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\nscript.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\nscript.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\';\r\nhead.appendChild(script);\r\nvar err_style = \'\';\r\ntry{\r\n    err_style = mc_custom_error_style;\r\n} catch(e){\r\n    err_style = \'#mc_embed_signup input.mce_inline_error{border-color:#6B0505;} #mc_embed_signup div.mce_inline_error{margin: 0 0 1em 0; padding: 5px 10px; background-color:#6B0505; font-weight: bold; z-index: 1; color:#fff;}\';\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nvar style= document.createElement(\'style\');\r\nstyle.type= \'text/css\';\r\nif (style.styleSheet) {\r\n  style.styleSheet.cssText = err_style;\r\n} else {\r\n  style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(err_style));\r\n}\r\nhead.appendChild(style);\r\nsetTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n\r\nvar mce_preload_checks = 0;\r\nfunction mce_preload_check(){\r\n    if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").unbind(\'submit\');//remove the validator so we can get into beforeSubmit on the ajaxform, which then calls the validator\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&id=6506ada9b9&c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        var bday = false;\r\n                                        if (fields.length == 2){\r\n                                            bday = true;\r\n                                            fields[2] = {\'value\':1970};//trick birthdays into having years\r\n                                        }\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' && fields[1].value==\'DD\' && (fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' && fields[1].value==\'\' && (fields[2].value==\'\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);\r\n      \r\n      \r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\';\r\n                \r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n\r\n</script>\r\n<!--End mc_embed_signup-->\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-53','','','2011-10-03 16:08:17','2011-10-03 16:08:17','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-53.html',0,'revision','',0),(5478,16,'2011-10-03 16:11:17','2011-10-03 16:11:17','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"19sept\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instabookad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n[wdgpo_plusone]\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n<link href=\"http://cdn-images.mailchimp.com/embedcode/classic-081711.css\" rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\">\r\n<style type=\"text/css\">\r\n	#mc_embed_signup{background:#fff; clear:left; font:14px Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; }\r\n	/* MailChimp Form Embed Code - Classic - 08/17/2011 */\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup form#mc-embedded-subscribe-form {display:block; position:relative; text-align:left; padding:10px 0 10px 3%}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup h2 {font-weight:bold; padding:0; margin:15px 0; font-size:1.4em;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup input {border:1px solid #999; -webkit-appearance:none;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup input[type=checkbox]{-webkit-appearance:checkbox;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup input[type=radio]{-webkit-appearance:radio;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup input:focus {border-color:#333;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .button {clear:both; background-color: #aaa; border: 0 none; border-radius:4px; color: #FFFFFF; cursor: pointer; display: inline-block; font-size:15px; font-weight: bold; height: 32px; line-height: 32px; margin: 0 5px 10px 0; padding: 0 22px; text-align: center; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap; width: auto;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .button:hover {background-color:#777;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .small-meta {font-size: 11px;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .nowrap {white-space:nowrap;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group {clear:left; position:relative; width:96%; padding-bottom:3%; min-height:50px;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .size1of2 {clear:none; float:left; display:inline-block; width:46%; margin-right:4%;}\r\n* html #mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .size1of2 {margin-right:2%; /* Fix for IE6 double margins. */}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group label {display:block; margin-bottom:3px;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group input {display:block; width:100%; padding:8px 0; text-indent:2%;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group select {display:inline-block; width:99%; padding:5px 0; margin-bottom:2px;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .datefield, #mc_embed_signup .phonefield-us{padding:5px 0;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .datefield input, #mc_embed_signup .phonefield-us input{display:inline; width:60px; margin:0 2px; letter-spacing:1px; text-align:center; padding:5px 0 2px 0;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .phonefield-us .phonearea input, #mc_embed_signup .phonefield-us .phonedetail1 input{width:40px;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .datefield .monthfield input, #mc_embed_signup .datefield .dayfield input{width:30px;}\r\n#mailchimpform mc_embed_signup .datefield label, #mc_embed_signup .phonefield-us label{display:none;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .indicates-required {text-align:right; font-size:11px; margin-right:4%;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .asterisk {color:#c60; font-size:200%;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group .asterisk {position:absolute; top:25px; right:10px;}        \r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .clear {clear:both;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group.input-group ul {margin:0; padding:5px 0; list-style:none;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group.input-group ul li {display:block; padding:3px 0; margin:0;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group.input-group label {display:inline;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group.input-group input {display:inline; width:auto; border:none;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup div#mce-responses {float:left; top:-1.4em; padding:0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow:hidden; width:90%;margin: 0 5%; clear: both;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup div.response {margin:1em 0; padding:1em .5em .5em 0; font-weight:bold; float:left; top:-1.5em; z-index:1; width:80%;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup #mce-error-response {display:none;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup #mce-success-response {color:#529214; display:none;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup label.error {display:block; float:none; width:auto; margin-left:1.05em; text-align:left; padding:.5em 0;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc-embedded-subscribe {clear:both; width:auto; display:block; margin:1em 0 1em 5%;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup #num-subscribers {font-size:1.1em;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup #num-subscribers span {padding:.5em; border:1px solid #ccc; margin-right:.5em; font-weight:bold;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform input#mc-embedded-subscribe.button {clear:both; background-color: #aaa; border: 0 none; border-radius:4px; color: #FFFFFF; cursor: pointer; display: inline-block; font-size:15px; font-weight: bold; height: 32px; line-height: 32px; margin: 0 5px 10px 0; padding: 0 22px; text-align: center; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap; width: auto;}\r\n#mailchimpform input#mc-embedded-subscribe.button:hover {background-color:#777;}\r\n#mailchimpform input#mce-EMAIL {border:1px solid #999; -webkit-appearance:none;}\r\n#mailchimpform input#mce-EMAIL[type=checkbox]{-webkit-appearance:checkbox;}\r\n#mailchimpform input#mce-EMAIL[type=radio]{-webkit-appearance:radio;}\r\n#mailchimpform input#mce-EMAIL:focus {border-color:#333;}\r\n</style>\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\">\r\n<form action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" name=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" target=\"_blank\">\r\n	<h2>Subscribe to our mailing list</h2>\r\n<div class=\"indicates-required\"><span class=\"asterisk\">*</span> indicates required</div>\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\">\r\n	<label for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address  <span class=\"asterisk\">*</span>\r\n</label>\r\n	<input type=\"email\" value=\"\" name=\"EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" id=\"mce-EMAIL\">\r\n</div>\r\n	<div id=\"mce-responses\" class=\"clear\">\r\n		<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-error-response\" style=\"display:none\"></div>\r\n		<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-success-response\" style=\"display:none\"></div>\r\n	</div>	<div class=\"clear\"><input type=\"submit\" value=\"Subscribe\" name=\"subscribe\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"button\"></div>\r\n</form>\r\n</div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\r\nvar fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\';\r\ntry {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    jqueryLoaded=true;\r\n} catch(err) {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=false;\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nif (!jqueryLoaded) {\r\n    var script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\n    script.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\n    script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';\r\n    head.appendChild(script);\r\n    if (script.readyState && script.onload!==null){\r\n        script.onreadystatechange= function () {\r\n              if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();\r\n        }    \r\n    }\r\n}\r\nvar script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\nscript.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\nscript.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\';\r\nhead.appendChild(script);\r\nvar err_style = \'\';\r\ntry{\r\n    err_style = mc_custom_error_style;\r\n} catch(e){\r\n    err_style = \'#mc_embed_signup input.mce_inline_error{border-color:#6B0505;} #mc_embed_signup div.mce_inline_error{margin: 0 0 1em 0; padding: 5px 10px; background-color:#6B0505; font-weight: bold; z-index: 1; color:#fff;}\';\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nvar style= document.createElement(\'style\');\r\nstyle.type= \'text/css\';\r\nif (style.styleSheet) {\r\n  style.styleSheet.cssText = err_style;\r\n} else {\r\n  style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(err_style));\r\n}\r\nhead.appendChild(style);\r\nsetTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n\r\nvar mce_preload_checks = 0;\r\nfunction mce_preload_check(){\r\n    if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").unbind(\'submit\');//remove the validator so we can get into beforeSubmit on the ajaxform, which then calls the validator\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&id=6506ada9b9&c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        var bday = false;\r\n                                        if (fields.length == 2){\r\n                                            bday = true;\r\n                                            fields[2] = {\'value\':1970};//trick birthdays into having years\r\n                                        }\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' && fields[1].value==\'DD\' && (fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' && fields[1].value==\'\' && (fields[2].value==\'\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);\r\n      \r\n      \r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\';\r\n                \r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n\r\n</script>\r\n<!--End mc_embed_signup-->\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-54','','','2011-10-03 16:11:17','2011-10-03 16:11:17','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-54.html',0,'revision','',0),(5480,5,'2011-10-04 04:53:07','2011-10-04 04:53:07','<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\n<link href=\"http://cdn-images.mailchimp.com/embedcode/slim-081711.css\" rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\">\n<style type=\"text/css\">\n	#mc_embed_signup{background:#fff; clear:left; font:14px Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; }\n	/* Add your own MailChimp form style overrides in your site stylesheet or in this style block.\n	   We recommend moving this block and the preceding CSS link to the HEAD of your HTML file. */\n</style>\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\">\n<form action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" name=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" target=\"_blank\">\n	<label for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Subscribe to our mailing list</label>\n	<input type=\"email\" value=\"\" name=\"EMAIL\" class=\"email\" id=\"mce-EMAIL\" placeholder=\"email address\" required>\n	<div class=\"clear\"><input type=\"submit\" value=\"Subscribe\" name=\"subscribe\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"button\"></div>\n</form>\n</div>\n\n<!--End mc_embed_signup-->','test mailchimp form','','inherit','open','open','','5479-revision','','','2011-10-04 04:53:07','2011-10-04 04:53:07','',5479,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5479-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5481,5,'2011-10-04 04:53:42','2011-10-04 04:53:42','<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n<link href=\"http://cdn-images.mailchimp.com/embedcode/slim-081711.css\" rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\">\r\n<style type=\"text/css\">\r\n	#mc_embed_signup{background:#fff; clear:left; font:14px Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; }\r\n	/* Add your own MailChimp form style overrides in your site stylesheet or in this style block.\r\n	   We recommend moving this block and the preceding CSS link to the HEAD of your HTML file. */\r\n</style>\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\">\r\n<form action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" name=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" target=\"_blank\">\r\n	<label for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Subscribe to our mailing list</label>\r\n	<input type=\"email\" value=\"\" name=\"EMAIL\" class=\"email\" id=\"mce-EMAIL\" placeholder=\"email address\" required>\r\n	<div class=\"clear\"><input type=\"submit\" value=\"Subscribe\" name=\"subscribe\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"button\"></div>\r\n</form>\r\n</div>\r\n\r\n<!--End mc_embed_signup-->','test mailchimp form','','inherit','open','open','','5479-revision-2','','','2011-10-04 04:53:42','2011-10-04 04:53:42','',5479,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5479-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5482,5,'2011-10-04 04:54:34','2011-10-04 04:54:34','<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n<link href=\"http://cdn-images.mailchimp.com/embedcode/slim-081711.css\" rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\">\r\n<style type=\"text/css\">\r\n	#mc_embed_signup{background:#fff; clear:left; font:14px Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; }\r\n	/* Add your own MailChimp form style overrides in your site stylesheet or in this style block.\r\n	   We recommend moving this block and the preceding CSS link to the HEAD of your HTML file. */\r\n</style>\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\">\r\n<form action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" name=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" target=\"_blank\">\r\n	<label for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Subscribe to our mailing list</label>\r\n	<input type=\"email\" value=\"\" name=\"EMAIL\" class=\"email\" id=\"mce-EMAIL\" placeholder=\"email address\" required>\r\n	<div class=\"clear\"><input type=\"submit\" value=\"Subscribe\" name=\"subscribe\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"button\"></div>\r\n</form>\r\n</div>\r\n\r\n<!--End mc_embed_signup-->','test mailchimp form','','inherit','open','open','','5479-revision-3','','','2011-10-04 04:54:34','2011-10-04 04:54:34','',5479,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5479-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5483,5,'2011-10-03 16:11:41','2011-10-03 16:11:41','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"19sept\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instabookad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n[wdgpo_plusone]\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n<link href=\"http://cdn-images.mailchimp.com/embedcode/classic-081711.css\" rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\">\r\n<style type=\"text/css\">\r\n	#mc_embed_signup{background:#fff; clear:left; font:14px Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; }\r\n	/* MailChimp Form Embed Code - Classic - 08/17/2011 */\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup form#mc-embedded-subscribe-form {display:block; position:relative; text-align:left; padding:10px 0 10px 3%}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup h2 {font-weight:bold; padding:0; margin:15px 0; font-size:1.4em;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup input {border:1px solid #999; -webkit-appearance:none;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup input[type=checkbox]{-webkit-appearance:checkbox;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup input[type=radio]{-webkit-appearance:radio;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup input:focus {border-color:#333;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .button {clear:both; background-color: #aaa; border: 0 none; border-radius:4px; color: #FFFFFF; cursor: pointer; display: inline-block; font-size:15px; font-weight: bold; height: 32px; line-height: 32px; margin: 0 5px 10px 0; padding: 0 22px; text-align: center; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap; width: auto;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .button:hover {background-color:#777;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .small-meta {font-size: 11px;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .nowrap {white-space:nowrap;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group {clear:left; position:relative; width:96%; padding-bottom:3%; min-height:50px;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .size1of2 {clear:none; float:left; display:inline-block; width:46%; margin-right:4%;}\r\n* html #mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .size1of2 {margin-right:2%; /* Fix for IE6 double margins. */}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group label {display:block; margin-bottom:3px;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group input {display:block; width:100%; padding:8px 0; text-indent:2%;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group select {display:inline-block; width:99%; padding:5px 0; margin-bottom:2px;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .datefield, #mc_embed_signup .phonefield-us{padding:5px 0;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .datefield input, #mc_embed_signup .phonefield-us input{display:inline; width:60px; margin:0 2px; letter-spacing:1px; text-align:center; padding:5px 0 2px 0;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .phonefield-us .phonearea input, #mc_embed_signup .phonefield-us .phonedetail1 input{width:40px;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .datefield .monthfield input, #mc_embed_signup .datefield .dayfield input{width:30px;}\r\n#mailchimpform mc_embed_signup .datefield label, #mc_embed_signup .phonefield-us label{display:none;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .indicates-required {text-align:right; font-size:11px; margin-right:4%;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .asterisk {color:#c60; font-size:200%;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group .asterisk {position:absolute; top:25px; right:10px;}        \r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .clear {clear:both;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group.input-group ul {margin:0; padding:5px 0; list-style:none;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group.input-group ul li {display:block; padding:3px 0; margin:0;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group.input-group label {display:inline;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup .mc-field-group.input-group input {display:inline; width:auto; border:none;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup div#mce-responses {float:left; top:-1.4em; padding:0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow:hidden; width:90%;margin: 0 5%; clear: both;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup div.response {margin:1em 0; padding:1em .5em .5em 0; font-weight:bold; float:left; top:-1.5em; z-index:1; width:80%;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup #mce-error-response {display:none;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup #mce-success-response {color:#529214; display:none;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup label.error {display:block; float:none; width:auto; margin-left:1.05em; text-align:left; padding:.5em 0;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform #mc-embedded-subscribe {clear:both; width:auto; display:block; margin:1em 0 1em 5%;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup #num-subscribers {font-size:1.1em;}\r\n#mailchimpform #mc_embed_signup #num-subscribers span {padding:.5em; border:1px solid #ccc; margin-right:.5em; font-weight:bold;}\r\n\r\n#mailchimpform input#mc-embedded-subscribe.button {clear:both; background-color: #aaa; border: 0 none; border-radius:4px; color: #FFFFFF; cursor: pointer; display: inline-block; font-size:15px; font-weight: bold; height: 32px; line-height: 32px; margin: 0 5px 10px 0; padding: 0 22px; text-align: center; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap; width: auto;}\r\n#mailchimpform input#mc-embedded-subscribe.button:hover {background-color:#777;}\r\n#mailchimpform input#mce-EMAIL {border:1px solid #999; -webkit-appearance:none;}\r\n#mailchimpform input#mce-EMAIL[type=checkbox]{-webkit-appearance:checkbox;}\r\n#mailchimpform input#mce-EMAIL[type=radio]{-webkit-appearance:radio;}\r\n#mailchimpform input#mce-EMAIL:focus {border-color:#333;}\r\n</style>\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\">\r\n<form action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" name=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" target=\"_blank\">\r\n	<h2>Subscribe to our mailing list</h2>\r\n<div class=\"indicates-required\"><span class=\"asterisk\">*</span> indicates required</div>\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\">\r\n	<label for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address  <span class=\"asterisk\">*</span>\r\n</label>\r\n	<input type=\"email\" value=\"\" name=\"EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" id=\"mce-EMAIL\">\r\n</div>\r\n	<div id=\"mce-responses\" class=\"clear\">\r\n		<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-error-response\" style=\"display:none\"></div>\r\n		<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-success-response\" style=\"display:none\"></div>\r\n	</div>	<div class=\"clear\"><input type=\"submit\" value=\"Subscribe\" name=\"subscribe\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"button\"></div>\r\n</form>\r\n</div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\r\nvar fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\';\r\ntry {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    jqueryLoaded=true;\r\n} catch(err) {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=false;\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nif (!jqueryLoaded) {\r\n    var script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\n    script.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\n    script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';\r\n    head.appendChild(script);\r\n    if (script.readyState && script.onload!==null){\r\n        script.onreadystatechange= function () {\r\n              if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();\r\n        }    \r\n    }\r\n}\r\nvar script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\nscript.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\nscript.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\';\r\nhead.appendChild(script);\r\nvar err_style = \'\';\r\ntry{\r\n    err_style = mc_custom_error_style;\r\n} catch(e){\r\n    err_style = \'#mc_embed_signup input.mce_inline_error{border-color:#6B0505;} #mc_embed_signup div.mce_inline_error{margin: 0 0 1em 0; padding: 5px 10px; background-color:#6B0505; font-weight: bold; z-index: 1; color:#fff;}\';\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nvar style= document.createElement(\'style\');\r\nstyle.type= \'text/css\';\r\nif (style.styleSheet) {\r\n  style.styleSheet.cssText = err_style;\r\n} else {\r\n  style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(err_style));\r\n}\r\nhead.appendChild(style);\r\nsetTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n\r\nvar mce_preload_checks = 0;\r\nfunction mce_preload_check(){\r\n    if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").unbind(\'submit\');//remove the validator so we can get into beforeSubmit on the ajaxform, which then calls the validator\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&id=6506ada9b9&c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        var bday = false;\r\n                                        if (fields.length == 2){\r\n                                            bday = true;\r\n                                            fields[2] = {\'value\':1970};//trick birthdays into having years\r\n                                        }\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' && fields[1].value==\'DD\' && (fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' && fields[1].value==\'\' && (fields[2].value==\'\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);\r\n      \r\n      \r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\';\r\n                \r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n\r\n</script>\r\n<!--End mc_embed_signup-->\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-55','','','2011-10-03 16:11:41','2011-10-03 16:11:41','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-55.html',0,'revision','',0),(5485,5,'2011-10-04 05:14:22','2011-10-04 05:14:22','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"19sept\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instabookad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n[wdgpo_plusone]\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you an email with a link to download the <em>Go-To Guide for Instagram</em> PDF.</strong> Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=6506ada9b9&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We respect your privacy.</strong> We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.[/styledbox]\r\n</div>\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-57','','','2011-10-04 05:14:22','2011-10-04 05:14:22','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-57.html',0,'revision','',0),(5486,5,'2011-10-04 05:15:17','2011-10-04 05:15:17','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"19sept\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instabookad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n[wdgpo_plusone]\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you an email with a link to download the <em>Go-To Guide for Instagram</em> PDF.</strong> Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=6506ada9b9&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We respect your privacy.</strong> We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.[/styledbox]\r\n</div>\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-58','','','2011-10-04 05:15:17','2011-10-04 05:15:17','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-58.html',0,'revision','',0),(5488,5,'2011-10-04 05:23:22','2011-10-04 05:23:22','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"19sept\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instabookad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n[wdgpo_plusone]\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you an email with a link to download the <em>Go-To Guide for Instagram</em> PDF.</strong> Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=6506ada9b9&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We respect your privacy.</strong> We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-59','','','2011-10-04 05:23:22','2011-10-04 05:23:22','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-59.html',0,'revision','',0),(5489,5,'2011-10-04 06:00:55','2011-10-04 06:00:55','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"19sept\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instabookad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n[wdgpo_plusone]\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you an email with a link to download the <em>Go-To Guide for Instagram</em> PDF.</strong> Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Get PDF Download Link\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=6506ada9b9&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We respect your privacy.</strong> We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-60','','','2011-10-04 06:00:55','2011-10-04 06:00:55','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-60.html',0,'revision','',0),(5491,5,'2011-10-04 07:31:22','2011-10-04 07:31:22','<br>\n<br>\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\n<br>\n<br>\n[onethird_columns height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]Best viewed on a desktop computer! Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a><br>\n<br></strong>You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link.[/twothirds_columns_last]\n\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \n\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-autosave','','','2011-10-04 07:31:22','2011-10-04 07:31:22','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(5490,5,'2011-10-04 06:02:07','2011-10-04 06:02:07','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"19sept\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instabookad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n[wdgpo_plusone]\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you an email with a link to download the <em>Go-To Guide for Instagram</em> PDF.</strong> Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox][styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Get PDF Download Link\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=6506ada9b9&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n[/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We respect your privacy.</strong> We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-61','','','2011-10-04 06:02:07','2011-10-04 06:02:07','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-61.html',0,'revision','',0),(5498,5,'2011-10-04 06:54:18','2011-10-04 06:54:18','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[twothirds_columns  ]Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong>[/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last  ]<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a>[/onethird_columns_last] \r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-14','','','2011-10-04 06:54:18','2011-10-04 06:54:18','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(5492,5,'2011-10-03 15:11:11','2011-10-03 15:11:11','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\nHere\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong> <br><br> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a>\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-8','','','2011-10-03 15:11:11','2011-10-03 15:11:11','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5495,5,'2011-10-04 06:51:19','2011-10-04 06:51:19','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n[two_columns  ]<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a>[/two_columns] [two_columns_last  ]Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong> [/two_columns_last]  \r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-11','','','2011-10-04 06:51:19','2011-10-04 06:51:19','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(5494,5,'2011-10-04 06:50:05','2011-10-04 06:50:05','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\nHere\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong> <br><br> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a>\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-10','','','2011-10-04 06:50:05','2011-10-04 06:50:05','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5496,5,'2011-10-04 06:52:43','2011-10-04 06:52:43','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-12','','','2011-10-04 06:52:43','2011-10-04 06:52:43','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(5497,5,'2011-10-04 06:53:19','2011-10-04 06:53:19','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\nHere\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong> <br><br> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a>\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-13','','','2011-10-04 06:53:19','2011-10-04 06:53:19','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(5501,5,'2011-10-04 07:02:09','2011-10-04 07:02:09','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns  border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last  border=\"border\"]Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong>\r\n\r\nYou can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link.\r\n[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-17','','','2011-10-04 07:02:09','2011-10-04 07:02:09','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-17.html',0,'revision','',0),(5499,5,'2011-10-04 06:56:31','2011-10-04 06:56:31','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns  border=\"border\"]<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last  border=\"border\"]Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong>[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-15','','','2011-10-04 06:56:31','2011-10-04 06:56:31','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(5500,5,'2011-10-04 07:00:41','2011-10-04 07:00:41','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns  border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last  border=\"border\"]Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong>\r\n\r\nYou can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link.\r\n[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-16','','','2011-10-04 07:00:41','2011-10-04 07:00:41','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-16.html',0,'revision','',0),(5502,5,'2011-10-04 07:03:39','2011-10-04 07:03:39','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns height=\"250\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"250\" border=\"border\"]Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong>  You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link.[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-18','','','2011-10-04 07:03:39','2011-10-04 07:03:39','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-18.html',0,'revision','',0),(5503,5,'2011-10-04 07:04:04','2011-10-04 07:04:04','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns height=\"250\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"300\" border=\"border\"]Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong>  You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link.[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-19','','','2011-10-04 07:04:04','2011-10-04 07:04:04','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-19.html',0,'revision','',0),(5504,5,'2011-10-04 07:04:35','2011-10-04 07:04:35','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns height=\"300\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"300\" border=\"border\"]Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong>  You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link.[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-20','','','2011-10-04 07:04:35','2011-10-04 07:04:35','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-20.html',0,'revision','',0),(5505,5,'2011-10-04 07:05:04','2011-10-04 07:05:04','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a></strong>  You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link.[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-21','','','2011-10-04 07:05:04','2011-10-04 07:05:04','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-21.html',0,'revision','',0),(5506,5,'2011-10-04 07:05:45','2011-10-04 07:05:45','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a><br>\r\n<br></strong>You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link.[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-22','','','2011-10-04 07:05:45','2011-10-04 07:05:45','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-22.html',0,'revision','',0),(5507,5,'2011-10-04 07:06:33','2011-10-04 07:06:33','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]On your iPhone or iPad: Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a><br>\r\n<br></strong>on your desktop You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link.[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-23','','','2011-10-04 07:06:33','2011-10-04 07:06:33','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-23.html',0,'revision','',0),(5508,5,'2011-10-04 07:07:35','2011-10-04 07:07:35','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]<em>On your iPhone or iPad</em>: Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a><br>\r\n<br></strong><em>On your desktop:</em> You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link.[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-24','','','2011-10-04 07:07:35','2011-10-04 07:07:35','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-24.html',0,'revision','',0),(5510,5,'2011-10-04 07:10:18','2011-10-04 07:10:18','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a><br>\r\n<br></strong>You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link.[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-25','','','2011-10-04 07:10:18','2011-10-04 07:10:18','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-25.html',0,'revision','',0),(5511,16,'2011-10-04 11:09:46','2011-10-04 11:09:46','After her very popular <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/iphoneography-with-karen-messick.html\" title=\"#\">iPhoneography interview,</a> we invited Karen back to talk about some of the hot issues in iPhoneography as she sees them. So welcome to Karen\'t first guest post on The Beginners Lens!! As always, don\'t forget to check out Karen\'s <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com\" title=\"Karen Messick\'s website\">website,</a> and if you\'re local to the area, sign up for one of her iPhoneography seminars...guaranteed it will be money well spent! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSince digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. But these days we\'re shooting so much, so often, and on-the-go...it\'s more important than ever to establish a good workflow to keep your iPhone photos organized and your iPhone clutter-free! In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for my iPhoneography workflow. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\r\n\r\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\r\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/camera-plus-pro-the-ultimate/id345752934?mt=8\" title=\"Camera Plus Pro\">Camera Plus Pro,</a> I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options and that you are always choosing the largest one.\r\n\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\r\n\r\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” as well as the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible so you can work with the feelings evoked by the shoot. \r\n\r\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"TrueHDR\">TrueHDR,</a> <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"PROHDR\">ProHDR,</a> or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/icamera-hdr-all-in-one/id417199960?mt=8\" title=\"iCameraHDR\">iCamera HDR.</a> If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/iris-photo-suite/id377598786?mt=8\" title=\"Iris\">Iris</a> first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \r\n\r\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autopainter/id429133097?mt=8\" title=\"Autopainter\">AutoPainter</a>, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers in different apps to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way, or after each app I use. I sometimes save several versions with <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/scratchcam/id430226774?mt=8\" title=\"Scratchcam\">ScratchCam.</a>\r\n\r\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\r\n\r\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\r\n\r\nThrough all of the above steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \r\n\r\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \r\nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward”, even if I\'ve navigated out of the app. When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have completely finished processing an image I then save the final to my camera roll.\r\n\r\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\r\n\r\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \r\nI work on a Mac so I use Image Capture for downloading the images to my computer, (I also do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone). I prefer to keep all of my files organized in folders as opposed to iTunes. Image Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is also an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\r\n\r\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \r\n\r\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\r\n\r\nSo that’s it, then I back up just like I would do for my DSLR files. I back up using storage drives and hard copy CD’s. Note: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog). \r\n\r\nHappy iPhoneography-ing! \r\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','publish','open','open','','guest-post-karen-messick-talks-iphoneography-workflow','','\nhttp://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/iphoneography-with-karen-messick.html','2011-10-05 11:23:30','2011-10-05 11:23:30','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5511',0,'post','',2),(5512,16,'2011-10-04 09:08:24','2011-10-04 09:08:24','Since digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so is what works for me with my iPhone images. \n\nShooting:\n\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as Camera Plus Pro, I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options that you are always choosing the largest one.\n\nEditing:\n\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone, the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” and the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible. \n\nProcessing:\n\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use TrueHDR, ProHDR, or iCamera HDR. If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in Iris first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \n\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from AutoPainter or ArtistaOil, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers of different app s to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way or after each app I use. Some times I save several versions in the same as with ScratchCam.\n\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\n\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \n\nSaving:\n\nThrough all these steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \n\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward.” When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have finished processing an image I save it to my camera roll.\n\nDownloading:\n\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \nFor downloading I use Image Capture, (I do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone.) To do this; go into iPhoto preferences and select:  \nImage Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\n\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \n\nStoring:\n\nThat’s it, then I back up just like my DSLR files, to back up storage drives and hard copy CD’s. \nNote: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog)\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision','','','2011-10-04 09:08:24','2011-10-04 09:08:24','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5513,16,'2011-10-04 09:10:21','2011-10-04 09:10:21','Since digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for me with my iPhone images. \n\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\n\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as Camera Plus Pro, I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options that you are always choosing the largest one.\n\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\n\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone, the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” and the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible. \n\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\n\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use TrueHDR, ProHDR, or iCamera HDR. If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in Iris first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \n\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from AutoPainter or ArtistaOil, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers of different app s to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way or after each app I use. Some times I save several versions in the same as with ScratchCam.\n\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\n\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \n\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\n\nThrough all these steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \n\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward.” When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have finished processing an image I save it to my camera roll.\n\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\n\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \nFor downloading I use Image Capture, (I do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone.) To do this; go into iPhoto preferences and select:  \nImage Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\n\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \n\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\n\nThat’s it, then I back up just like my DSLR files, to back up storage drives and hard copy CD’s. \nNote: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog)\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-2','','','2011-10-04 09:10:21','2011-10-04 09:10:21','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5514,16,'2011-10-04 09:10:49','2011-10-04 09:10:49','Since digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for me with my iPhone images. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\r\n\r\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\r\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as Camera Plus Pro, I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options that you are always choosing the largest one.\r\n\r\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\r\n\r\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone, the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” and the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use TrueHDR, ProHDR, or iCamera HDR. If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in Iris first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \r\n\r\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from AutoPainter or ArtistaOil, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers of different app s to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way or after each app I use. Some times I save several versions in the same as with ScratchCam.\r\n\r\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\r\n\r\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \r\n\r\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\r\n\r\nThrough all these steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \r\n\r\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \r\nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward.” When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have finished processing an image I save it to my camera roll.\r\n\r\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\r\n\r\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \r\nFor downloading I use Image Capture, (I do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone.) To do this; go into iPhoto preferences and select:  \r\nImage Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\r\n\r\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \r\n\r\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\r\n\r\nThat’s it, then I back up just like my DSLR files, to back up storage drives and hard copy CD’s. \r\nNote: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog)\r\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-3','','','2011-10-04 09:10:49','2011-10-04 09:10:49','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5515,16,'2011-10-04 09:14:45','2011-10-04 09:14:45','Since digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for me with my iPhone images. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\r\n\r\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\r\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as Camera Plus Pro, I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options that you are always choosing the largest one.\r\n\r\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\r\n\r\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone, the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” and the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use TrueHDR, ProHDR, or iCamera HDR. If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in Iris first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \r\n\r\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from AutoPainter or ArtistaOil, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers of different app s to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way or after each app I use. Some times I save several versions in the same as with ScratchCam.\r\n\r\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\r\n\r\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \r\n\r\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\r\n\r\nThrough all these steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \r\n\r\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \r\nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward.” When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have finished processing an image I save it to my camera roll.\r\n\r\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\r\n\r\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \r\nFor downloading I use Image Capture, (I do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone.) To do this; go into iPhoto preferences and select:  \r\nImage Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\r\n\r\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \r\n\r\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\r\n\r\nThat’s it, then I back up just like my DSLR files, to back up storage drives and hard copy CD’s. \r\nNote: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog)\r\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-4','','','2011-10-04 09:14:45','2011-10-04 09:14:45','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5516,16,'2011-10-04 09:14:47','2011-10-04 09:14:47','Since digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for me with my iPhone images. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\r\n\r\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\r\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as Camera Plus Pro, I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options that you are always choosing the largest one.\r\n\r\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\r\n\r\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone, the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” and the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use TrueHDR, ProHDR, or iCamera HDR. If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in Iris first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \r\n\r\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from AutoPainter or ArtistaOil, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers of different app s to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way or after each app I use. Some times I save several versions in the same as with ScratchCam.\r\n\r\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\r\n\r\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \r\n\r\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\r\n\r\nThrough all these steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \r\n\r\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \r\nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward.” When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have finished processing an image I save it to my camera roll.\r\n\r\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\r\n\r\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \r\nFor downloading I use Image Capture, (I do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone.) To do this; go into iPhoto preferences and select:  \r\nImage Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\r\n\r\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \r\n\r\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\r\n\r\nThat’s it, then I back up just like my DSLR files, to back up storage drives and hard copy CD’s. \r\nNote: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog)\r\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-5','','','2011-10-04 09:14:47','2011-10-04 09:14:47','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5517,16,'2011-10-04 09:14:59','2011-10-04 09:14:59','Since digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for me with my iPhone images. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\r\n\r\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\r\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as Camera Plus Pro, I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options that you are always choosing the largest one.\r\n\r\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\r\n\r\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone, the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” and the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use TrueHDR, ProHDR, or iCamera HDR. If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in Iris first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \r\n\r\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from AutoPainter or ArtistaOil, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers of different app s to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way or after each app I use. Some times I save several versions in the same as with ScratchCam.\r\n\r\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\r\n\r\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \r\n\r\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\r\n\r\nThrough all these steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \r\n\r\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \r\nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward.” When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have finished processing an image I save it to my camera roll.\r\n\r\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\r\n\r\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \r\nFor downloading I use Image Capture, (I do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone.) To do this; go into iPhoto preferences and select:  \r\nImage Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\r\n\r\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \r\n\r\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\r\n\r\nThat’s it, then I back up just like my DSLR files, to back up storage drives and hard copy CD’s. \r\nNote: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog)\r\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-6','','','2011-10-04 09:14:59','2011-10-04 09:14:59','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5518,16,'2011-10-04 09:16:03','2011-10-04 09:16:03','After her very popular iPhoneography interview, we invited Karen back to talk about some of the hot issues in iPhoneography as she sees them. So welcome to Karen\'t first guest post on The Beginners Lens!! As always, don\'t forget to check o\n\nSince digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for me with my iPhone images. \n\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\n\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as Camera Plus Pro, I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options that you are always choosing the largest one.\n\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\n\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone, the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” and the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible. \n\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\n\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use TrueHDR, ProHDR, or iCamera HDR. If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in Iris first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \n\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from AutoPainter or ArtistaOil, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers of different app s to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way or after each app I use. Some times I save several versions in the same as with ScratchCam.\n\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\n\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \n\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\n\nThrough all these steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \n\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward.” When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have finished processing an image I save it to my camera roll.\n\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\n\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \nFor downloading I use Image Capture, (I do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone.) To do this; go into iPhoto preferences and select:  \nImage Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\n\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \n\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\n\nThat’s it, then I back up just like my DSLR files, to back up storage drives and hard copy CD’s. \nNote: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog)\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-7','','','2011-10-04 09:16:03','2011-10-04 09:16:03','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5519,16,'2011-10-04 09:59:39','2011-10-04 09:59:39','','04oct1','','inherit','open','open','','04oct1','','','2011-10-04 09:59:39','2011-10-04 09:59:39','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/04oct1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5520,16,'2011-10-04 09:59:44','2011-10-04 09:59:44','','04oct2','','inherit','open','open','','04oct2','','','2011-10-04 09:59:44','2011-10-04 09:59:44','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/04oct2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5521,16,'2011-10-04 09:59:48','2011-10-04 09:59:48','','04oct03','','inherit','open','open','','04oct03','','','2011-10-04 09:59:48','2011-10-04 09:59:48','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/04oct03.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5522,16,'2011-10-04 09:59:52','2011-10-04 09:59:52','','04oct04','','inherit','open','open','','04oct04','','','2011-10-04 09:59:52','2011-10-04 09:59:52','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/04oct04.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5523,16,'2011-10-04 09:59:56','2011-10-04 09:59:56','','04oct05','','inherit','open','open','','04oct05','','','2011-10-04 09:59:56','2011-10-04 09:59:56','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/04oct05.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5524,16,'2011-10-04 06:03:26','2011-10-04 06:03:26','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"19sept\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instabookad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n[wdgpo_plusone]\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you an email with a link to download the <em>Go-To Guide for Instagram</em> PDF.</strong> Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=6506ada9b9\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Get PDF Download Link\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=6506ada9b9&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We respect your privacy.</strong> We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-62','','','2011-10-04 06:03:26','2011-10-04 06:03:26','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-62.html',0,'revision','',0),(5525,16,'2011-10-04 10:37:57','2011-10-04 10:37:57','','karen1','','inherit','open','open','','karen1','','','2011-10-04 10:37:57','2011-10-04 10:37:57','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5526,16,'2011-10-04 10:38:01','2011-10-04 10:38:01','','karen2','','inherit','open','open','','karen2','','','2011-10-04 10:38:01','2011-10-04 10:38:01','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5527,16,'2011-10-04 10:38:05','2011-10-04 10:38:05','','karen3','','inherit','open','open','','karen3','','','2011-10-04 10:38:05','2011-10-04 10:38:05','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5528,16,'2011-10-04 10:38:09','2011-10-04 10:38:09','','karen4','','inherit','open','open','','karen4','','','2011-10-04 10:38:09','2011-10-04 10:38:09','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5529,16,'2011-10-04 10:49:56','2011-10-04 10:49:56','After her very popular <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/iphoneography-with-karen-messick.html\" title=\"#\">iPhoneography interview,</a> we invited Karen back to talk about some of the hot issues in iPhoneography as she sees them. So welcome to Karen\'t first guest post on The Beginners Lens!! As always, don\'t forget to check out Karen\'s personal blog, and if you\'re local to the area, sign up for one of her iPhoneography seminars...guaranteed it will be money well spent! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nSince digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for me, with my iPhone images. \n\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\n\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as Camera Plus Pro, I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options and that you are always choosing the largest one.\n\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\n\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” as well as the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible so you can work with the feelings evoked by the shoot. \n\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\n\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use TrueHDR, ProHDR, or iCamera HDR. If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in Iris first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \n\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from AutoPainter or ArtistaOil, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers in different apps to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way, or after each app I use. I sometimes save several versions with ScratchCam.\n\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\n\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \n\n\n\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\n\nThrough all of the above steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \n\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward”, even if I\'ve navigated out of the app. When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have completely finished processing an image I then save the final to my camera roll.\n\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\n\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \nI work on a Mac so I use Image Capture for downloading the images to my computer, (I also do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone). I prefer to keep all of my files organized in folders as opposed to iTunes. Image Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is also an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\n\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \n\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\n\nSo that’s it, then I back up just like I would do for my DSLR files. I back up using storage drives and hard copy CD’s. Note: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog). \n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-8','','','2011-10-04 10:49:56','2011-10-04 10:49:56','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5530,16,'2011-10-04 10:50:56','2011-10-04 10:50:56','After her very popular <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/iphoneography-with-karen-messick.html\" title=\"#\">iPhoneography interview,</a> we invited Karen back to talk about some of the hot issues in iPhoneography as she sees them. So welcome to Karen\'t first guest post on The Beginners Lens!! As always, don\'t forget to check out Karen\'s personal blog, and if you\'re local to the area, sign up for one of her iPhoneography seminars...guaranteed it will be money well spent! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nSince digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for me, with my iPhone images. \n\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\n\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as Camera Plus Pro, I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options and that you are always choosing the largest one.\n\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\n\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” as well as the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible so you can work with the feelings evoked by the shoot. \n\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\n\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use TrueHDR, ProHDR, or iCamera HDR. If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in Iris first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \n\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from AutoPainter or ArtistaOil, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers in different apps to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way, or after each app I use. I sometimes save several versions with ScratchCam.\n\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\n\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\n\nThrough all of the above steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \n\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward”, even if I\'ve navigated out of the app. When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have completely finished processing an image I then save the final to my camera roll.\n\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\n\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \nI work on a Mac so I use Image Capture for downloading the images to my computer, (I also do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone). I prefer to keep all of my files organized in folders as opposed to iTunes. Image Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is also an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\n\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \n\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\n\nSo that’s it, then I back up just like I would do for my DSLR files. I back up using storage drives and hard copy CD’s. Note: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog). \n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-9','','','2011-10-04 10:50:56','2011-10-04 10:50:56','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5531,16,'2011-10-04 11:09:43','2011-10-04 11:09:43','After her very popular <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/iphoneography-with-karen-messick.html\" title=\"#\">iPhoneography interview,</a> we invited Karen back to talk about some of the hot issues in iPhoneography as she sees them. So welcome to Karen\'t first guest post on The Beginners Lens!! As always, don\'t forget to check out Karen\'s <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com\" title=\"Karen Messick\'s website\">website,</a> and if you\'re local to the area, sign up for one of her iPhoneography seminars...guaranteed it will be money well spent! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSince digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. But these days we\'re shooting so much, so often, and on-the-go...it\'s more important than ever to establish a good workflow to keep your iPhone photos organized and your iPhone clutter-free! In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for my iPhoneography workflow. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\r\n\r\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\r\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/camera-plus-pro-the-ultimate/id345752934?mt=8\" title=\"Camera Plus Pro\">Camera Plus Pro,</a> I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options and that you are always choosing the largest one.\r\n\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\r\n\r\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” as well as the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible so you can work with the feelings evoked by the shoot. \r\n\r\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"TrueHDR\">TrueHDR,</a> <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"PROHDR\">ProHDR,</a> or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/icamera-hdr-all-in-one/id417199960?mt=8\" title=\"iCameraHDR\">iCamera HDR.</a> If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/iris-photo-suite/id377598786?mt=8\" title=\"Iris\">Iris</a> first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \r\n\r\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autopainter/id429133097?mt=8\" title=\"Autopainter\">AutoPainter</a>, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers in different apps to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way, or after each app I use. I sometimes save several versions with <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/scratchcam/id430226774?mt=8\" title=\"Scratchcam\">ScratchCam.</a>\r\n\r\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\r\n\r\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\r\n\r\nThrough all of the above steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \r\n\r\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \r\nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward”, even if I\'ve navigated out of the app. When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have completely finished processing an image I then save the final to my camera roll.\r\n\r\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\r\n\r\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \r\nI work on a Mac so I use Image Capture for downloading the images to my computer, (I also do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone). I prefer to keep all of my files organized in folders as opposed to iTunes. Image Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is also an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\r\n\r\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \r\n\r\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\r\n\r\nSo that’s it, then I back up just like I would do for my DSLR files. I back up using storage drives and hard copy CD’s. Note: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog). \r\n\r\nHappy iPhoneography-ing! \r\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-10','','','2011-10-04 11:09:43','2011-10-04 11:09:43','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5532,16,'2011-10-04 11:09:46','2011-10-04 11:09:46','After her very popular <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/iphoneography-with-karen-messick.html\" title=\"#\">iPhoneography interview,</a> we invited Karen back to talk about some of the hot issues in iPhoneography as she sees them. So welcome to Karen\'t first guest post on The Beginners Lens!! As always, don\'t forget to check out Karen\'s <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com\" title=\"Karen Messick\'s website\">website,</a> and if you\'re local to the area, sign up for one of her iPhoneography seminars...guaranteed it will be money well spent! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSince digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. But these days we\'re shooting so much, so often, and on-the-go...it\'s more important than ever to establish a good workflow to keep your iPhone photos organized and your iPhone clutter-free! In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for my iPhoneography workflow. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\r\n\r\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\r\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/camera-plus-pro-the-ultimate/id345752934?mt=8\" title=\"Camera Plus Pro\">Camera Plus Pro,</a> I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options and that you are always choosing the largest one.\r\n\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\r\n\r\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” as well as the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible so you can work with the feelings evoked by the shoot. \r\n\r\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"TrueHDR\">TrueHDR,</a> <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"PROHDR\">ProHDR,</a> or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/icamera-hdr-all-in-one/id417199960?mt=8\" title=\"iCameraHDR\">iCamera HDR.</a> If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/iris-photo-suite/id377598786?mt=8\" title=\"Iris\">Iris</a> first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \r\n\r\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autopainter/id429133097?mt=8\" title=\"Autopainter\">AutoPainter</a>, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers in different apps to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way, or after each app I use. I sometimes save several versions with <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/scratchcam/id430226774?mt=8\" title=\"Scratchcam\">ScratchCam.</a>\r\n\r\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\r\n\r\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\r\n\r\nThrough all of the above steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \r\n\r\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \r\nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward”, even if I\'ve navigated out of the app. When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have completely finished processing an image I then save the final to my camera roll.\r\n\r\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\r\n\r\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \r\nI work on a Mac so I use Image Capture for downloading the images to my computer, (I also do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone). I prefer to keep all of my files organized in folders as opposed to iTunes. Image Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is also an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\r\n\r\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \r\n\r\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\r\n\r\nSo that’s it, then I back up just like I would do for my DSLR files. I back up using storage drives and hard copy CD’s. Note: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog). \r\n\r\nHappy iPhoneography-ing! \r\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-11','','','2011-10-04 11:09:46','2011-10-04 11:09:46','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(5533,16,'2011-10-04 11:10:43','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','@karenlmessick joins TBL with a guest post on #iPhoneography workflow! Some very useful stuff here people! http://tinyurl.com/5rcnt43','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-10-04 11:10:43','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5533',0,'tweet','',0),(5534,16,'2011-10-06 08:00:56','2011-10-06 08:00:56','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Instagramer <a href=\"http://statigr.am/viewer.php#/user/531014/\" title=\"Inked Fingers Instagram\">@InkedFingers</a> (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \r\n<p>\r\n<p>.</p>\r\n<p>.</p>\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nBut I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (Instagramers @i_am_alive & @hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m also really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last.... Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','publish','open','open','','iphoneography-with-instagramer-inked-fingers','','','2011-10-17 10:58:37','2011-10-17 10:58:37','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5534',0,'post','',0),(5535,16,'2011-10-04 11:18:09','2011-10-04 11:18:09','','Auto Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision','','','2011-10-04 11:18:09','2011-10-04 11:18:09','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5536,16,'2011-10-04 11:19:09','2011-10-04 11:19:09','Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography? \r\n\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband :) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\nHow and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you? \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\nWe really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images? \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (i_am_alive & hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n\r\n\"You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?\" \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\nWhat tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments? \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last. ;) Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\nWhat do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals? \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n\r\nTell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects. \r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\ncarli + johnny','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-2','','','2011-10-04 11:19:09','2011-10-04 11:19:09','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5537,16,'2011-10-04 11:10:25','2011-10-04 11:10:25','After her very popular <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/iphoneography-with-karen-messick.html\" title=\"#\">iPhoneography interview,</a> we invited Karen back to talk about some of the hot issues in iPhoneography as she sees them. So welcome to Karen\'t first guest post on The Beginners Lens!! As always, don\'t forget to check out Karen\'s <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com\" title=\"Karen Messick\'s website\">website,</a> and if you\'re local to the area, sign up for one of her iPhoneography seminars...guaranteed it will be money well spent! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSince digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. But these days we\'re shooting so much, so often, and on-the-go...it\'s more important than ever to establish a good workflow to keep your iPhone photos organized and your iPhone clutter-free! In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for my iPhoneography workflow. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\r\n\r\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\r\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/camera-plus-pro-the-ultimate/id345752934?mt=8\" title=\"Camera Plus Pro\">Camera Plus Pro,</a> I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options and that you are always choosing the largest one.\r\n\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\r\n\r\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” as well as the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible so you can work with the feelings evoked by the shoot. \r\n\r\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"TrueHDR\">TrueHDR,</a> <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"PROHDR\">ProHDR,</a> or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/icamera-hdr-all-in-one/id417199960?mt=8\" title=\"iCameraHDR\">iCamera HDR.</a> If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/iris-photo-suite/id377598786?mt=8\" title=\"Iris\">Iris</a> first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \r\n\r\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autopainter/id429133097?mt=8\" title=\"Autopainter\">AutoPainter</a>, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers in different apps to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way, or after each app I use. I sometimes save several versions with <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/scratchcam/id430226774?mt=8\" title=\"Scratchcam\">ScratchCam.</a>\r\n\r\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\r\n\r\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\r\n\r\nThrough all of the above steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \r\n\r\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \r\nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward”, even if I\'ve navigated out of the app. When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have completely finished processing an image I then save the final to my camera roll.\r\n\r\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\r\n\r\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \r\nI work on a Mac so I use Image Capture for downloading the images to my computer, (I also do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone). I prefer to keep all of my files organized in folders as opposed to iTunes. Image Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is also an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\r\n\r\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \r\n\r\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\r\n\r\nSo that’s it, then I back up just like I would do for my DSLR files. I back up using storage drives and hard copy CD’s. Note: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog). \r\n\r\nHappy iPhoneography-ing! \r\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-12','','','2011-10-04 11:10:25','2011-10-04 11:10:25','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(5538,16,'2011-10-05 09:25:35','2011-10-05 09:25:35','','carli1','','inherit','open','open','','carli1','','','2011-10-05 09:25:35','2011-10-05 09:25:35','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5539,16,'2011-10-05 09:25:40','2011-10-05 09:25:40','','carli2','','inherit','open','open','','carli2','','','2011-10-05 09:25:40','2011-10-05 09:25:40','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5540,16,'2011-10-05 09:25:45','2011-10-05 09:25:45','','carli3','','inherit','open','open','','carli3','','','2011-10-05 09:25:45','2011-10-05 09:25:45','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5541,16,'2011-10-05 09:25:49','2011-10-05 09:25:49','','carli4','','inherit','open','open','','carli4','','','2011-10-05 09:25:49','2011-10-05 09:25:49','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5542,16,'2011-10-05 09:25:54','2011-10-05 09:25:54','','carli5','','inherit','open','open','','carli5','','','2011-10-05 09:25:54','2011-10-05 09:25:54','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5543,16,'2011-10-05 09:25:58','2011-10-05 09:25:58','','carli6','','inherit','open','open','','carli6','','','2011-10-05 09:25:58','2011-10-05 09:25:58','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5544,16,'2011-10-05 10:40:40','2011-10-05 10:40:40','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! Read on to learn all of the basics for taking a fake miniature photo with iPhone! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\r\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\r\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\r\n\r\n<h4>Location</h4>\r\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\r\n\r\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\r\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\r\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\r\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\r\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\r\n\r\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\r\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\r\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \r\n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\r\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\r\n6. View from the Yebisu Garden Place Tower around the 38-40th floor.\r\n7. View from Tokyo Tower, or Roppongi Hills (I think).\r\n\r\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\r\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\r\n\r\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"251\" height=\"153\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/angle.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Blur</h4>\r\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift9.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift10.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\r\n\r\n<h4>Color</h4>\r\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift11.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\r\n\r\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\r\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\r\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\r\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\r\n5. Adjust Contrast\r\n\r\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"316\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift12.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\r\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\r\n\r\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\r\n\r\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\r\n\r\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"522\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift13.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\r\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\r\n\r\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\r\n\r\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\r\n\r\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\r\n\r\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift14.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift15.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\r\n\r\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\r\n\r\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\r\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\r\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\r\n\r\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\r\n\r\nTo keep up with all of Art & Mobile\'s posts check out their <a href=\"http://artandmobile.com/\" title=\"Art & Mobile\">website</a>. \r\n\r\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylish Fake Miniature Photo With iPhone','','publish','open','open','','how-to-take-a-stylish-fake-miniature-photo-with-iphone','','','2011-10-05 11:19:48','2011-10-05 11:19:48','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5544',0,'post','',0),(5545,16,'2011-10-05 10:02:54','2011-10-05 10:02:54','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! \n\n\n\nWhat you need\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\n\nLocation\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide from WHERE you take a picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\n\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for particular subject.\n\n2nd to 5th - people\n5th to 10th - houses or construction sites\n10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums\n20th to 40th - townscapes\n40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks\n\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\n\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at va\n\nCamera angle\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\n\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\n\n\n\nBlur\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\n\nimage \n\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\n\nimage\n\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\n\nColor\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\n\nimage\n\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\n\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\n5. Adjust Contrast\n\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\n\nimage \n\nVignetting\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\n\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\n\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\n\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\n\nInstagram (additional)\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\n\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\n\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\n\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\n\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\n\nimage \n\nimage \n\nNote: the following information is rather geeky.\n\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\n\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\n\n\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\n\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylist Fake Miniature Picture With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision','','','2011-10-05 10:02:54','2011-10-05 10:02:54','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5546,16,'2011-10-05 10:08:45','2011-10-05 10:08:45','','tiltshift1','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift1','','','2011-10-05 10:08:45','2011-10-05 10:08:45','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5547,16,'2011-10-05 10:08:54','2011-10-05 10:08:54','','tiltshift2','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift2','','','2011-10-05 10:08:54','2011-10-05 10:08:54','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5548,16,'2011-10-05 10:09:00','2011-10-05 10:09:00','','tiltshift3','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift3','','','2011-10-05 10:09:00','2011-10-05 10:09:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5549,16,'2011-10-05 10:09:05','2011-10-05 10:09:05','','tiltshift4','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift4','','','2011-10-05 10:09:05','2011-10-05 10:09:05','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5550,16,'2011-10-05 10:09:10','2011-10-05 10:09:10','','tiltshift5','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift5','','','2011-10-05 10:09:10','2011-10-05 10:09:10','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift5.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5551,16,'2011-10-05 10:09:15','2011-10-05 10:09:15','','tiltshift6','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift6','','','2011-10-05 10:09:15','2011-10-05 10:09:15','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift6.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5552,16,'2011-10-05 10:09:20','2011-10-05 10:09:20','','tiltshift7','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift7','','','2011-10-05 10:09:20','2011-10-05 10:09:20','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift7.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5553,16,'2011-10-05 10:09:25','2011-10-05 10:09:25','','tiltshift8','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift8','','','2011-10-05 10:09:25','2011-10-05 10:09:25','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift8.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5554,16,'2011-10-05 10:09:29','2011-10-05 10:09:29','','tiltshift9','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift9','','','2011-10-05 10:09:29','2011-10-05 10:09:29','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift9.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5555,16,'2011-10-05 10:09:37','2011-10-05 10:09:37','','tiltshift10','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift10','','','2011-10-05 10:09:37','2011-10-05 10:09:37','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift10.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5556,16,'2011-10-05 10:09:44','2011-10-05 10:09:44','','tiltshift11','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift11','','','2011-10-05 10:09:44','2011-10-05 10:09:44','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift11.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5557,16,'2011-10-05 10:09:48','2011-10-05 10:09:48','','tiltshift12','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift12','','','2011-10-05 10:09:48','2011-10-05 10:09:48','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift12.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5558,16,'2011-10-05 10:09:59','2011-10-05 10:09:59','','tiltshift13','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift13','','','2011-10-05 10:09:59','2011-10-05 10:09:59','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift13.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5559,16,'2011-10-05 10:10:09','2011-10-05 10:10:09','','tiltshift14','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift14','','','2011-10-05 10:10:09','2011-10-05 10:10:09','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift14.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5560,16,'2011-10-05 10:10:14','2011-10-05 10:10:14','','tiltshift15','','inherit','open','open','','tiltshift15','','','2011-10-05 10:10:14','2011-10-05 10:10:14','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift15.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5561,16,'2011-10-05 10:14:30','2011-10-05 10:14:30','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\n\n<h4>Location</h4>\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\n\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\n\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\n\n\n\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\n\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\n\nimage\n\n<h4>Blur</h4>\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\n\nimage \n\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\n\nimage\n\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\n\n<h4>Color</h4>\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\n\nimage\n\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\n\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\n5. Adjust Contrast\n\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\n\nimage \n\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\n\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\n\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\n\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\n\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\n\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\n\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\n\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\n\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\n\nimage \n\nimage \n\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\n\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\n\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\n\n\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\n\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylist Fake Miniature Picture With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-2','','','2011-10-05 10:14:30','2011-10-05 10:14:30','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5562,16,'2011-10-05 10:16:49','2011-10-05 10:16:49','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\n\n<h4>Location</h4>\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\n\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\n\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\n\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\n6. \n\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\n\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\n\nimage\n\n<h4>Blur</h4>\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\n\nimage \n\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\n\nimage\n\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\n\n<h4>Color</h4>\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\n\nimage\n\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\n\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\n5. Adjust Contrast\n\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\n\nimage \n\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\n\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\n\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\n\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\n\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\n\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\n\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\n\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\n\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\n\nimage \n\nimage \n\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\n\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\n\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\n\n\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\n\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylist Fake Miniature Picture With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-3','','','2011-10-05 10:16:49','2011-10-05 10:16:49','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5563,16,'2011-10-05 10:18:21','2011-10-05 10:18:21','','angle','','inherit','open','open','','angle','','','2011-10-05 10:18:21','2011-10-05 10:18:21','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/angle.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5564,16,'2011-10-05 10:17:49','2011-10-05 10:17:49','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\n\n<h4>Location</h4>\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\n\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\n\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\n\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\n6. View from the Yebisu Garden Place Tower around the 38-40th floor.\n7. View from Tokyo Tower, or Roppongi Hills (I think).\n\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\n\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\n\nimage\n\n<h4>Blur</h4>\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\n\nimage \n\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\n\nimage\n\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\n\n<h4>Color</h4>\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\n\nimage\n\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\n\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\n5. Adjust Contrast\n\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\n\nimage \n\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\n\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\n\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\n\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\n\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\n\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\n\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\n\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\n\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\n\nimage \n\nimage \n\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\n\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\n\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\n\n\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\n\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylist Fake Miniature Picture With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-4','','','2011-10-05 10:17:49','2011-10-05 10:17:49','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5565,16,'2011-10-05 10:23:47','2011-10-05 10:23:47','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\r\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\r\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\r\n\r\n<h4>Location</h4>\r\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\r\n\r\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\r\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\r\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\r\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\r\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\r\n\r\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\r\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\r\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \r\n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\r\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\r\n6. View from the Yebisu Garden Place Tower around the 38-40th floor.\r\n7. View from Tokyo Tower, or Roppongi Hills (I think).\r\n\r\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\r\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\r\n\r\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"251\" height=\"153\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/angle.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Blur</h4>\r\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"240\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift9.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"478\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift10.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\r\n\r\n<h4>Color</h4>\r\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift11.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\r\n\r\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\r\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\r\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\r\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\r\n5. Adjust Contrast\r\n\r\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"404\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift12.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\r\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\r\n\r\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\r\n\r\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\r\n\r\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"668\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift13.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\r\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\r\n\r\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\r\n\r\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\r\n\r\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\r\n\r\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift14.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift15.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\r\n\r\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\r\n\r\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\r\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\r\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\r\n\r\n\r\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\r\n\r\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylist Fake Miniature Picture With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-5','','','2011-10-05 10:23:47','2011-10-05 10:23:47','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5566,16,'2011-10-05 10:24:03','2011-10-05 10:24:03','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\r\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\r\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\r\n\r\n<h4>Location</h4>\r\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\r\n\r\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\r\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\r\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\r\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\r\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\r\n\r\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\r\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\r\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \r\n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\r\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\r\n6. View from the Yebisu Garden Place Tower around the 38-40th floor.\r\n7. View from Tokyo Tower, or Roppongi Hills (I think).\r\n\r\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\r\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\r\n\r\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"251\" height=\"153\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/angle.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Blur</h4>\r\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"240\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift9.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"478\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift10.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\r\n\r\n<h4>Color</h4>\r\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift11.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\r\n\r\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\r\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\r\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\r\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\r\n5. Adjust Contrast\r\n\r\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"404\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift12.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\r\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\r\n\r\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\r\n\r\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\r\n\r\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"668\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift13.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\r\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\r\n\r\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\r\n\r\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\r\n\r\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\r\n\r\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift14.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift15.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\r\n\r\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\r\n\r\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\r\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\r\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\r\n\r\n\r\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\r\n\r\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylist Fake Miniature Picture With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-6','','','2011-10-05 10:24:03','2011-10-05 10:24:03','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5567,16,'2011-10-05 10:29:03','2011-10-05 10:29:03','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\r\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\r\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\r\n\r\n<h4>Location</h4>\r\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\r\n\r\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\r\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\r\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\r\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\r\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\r\n\r\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\r\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\r\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \r\n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\r\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\r\n6. View from the Yebisu Garden Place Tower around the 38-40th floor.\r\n7. View from Tokyo Tower, or Roppongi Hills (I think).\r\n\r\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\r\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\r\n\r\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"251\" height=\"153\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/angle.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Blur</h4>\r\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"206\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift9.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"478\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift10.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\r\n\r\n<h4>Color</h4>\r\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift11.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\r\n\r\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\r\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\r\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\r\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\r\n5. Adjust Contrast\r\n\r\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"404\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift12.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\r\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\r\n\r\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\r\n\r\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\r\n\r\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"668\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift13.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\r\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\r\n\r\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\r\n\r\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\r\n\r\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\r\n\r\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift14.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift15.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\r\n\r\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\r\n\r\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\r\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\r\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\r\n\r\n\r\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\r\n\r\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylist Fake Miniature Picture With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-7','','','2011-10-05 10:29:03','2011-10-05 10:29:03','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5568,16,'2011-10-05 10:29:39','2011-10-05 10:29:39','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\r\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\r\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\r\n\r\n<h4>Location</h4>\r\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\r\n\r\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\r\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\r\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\r\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\r\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\r\n\r\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\r\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\r\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \r\n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\r\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\r\n6. View from the Yebisu Garden Place Tower around the 38-40th floor.\r\n7. View from Tokyo Tower, or Roppongi Hills (I think).\r\n\r\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\r\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\r\n\r\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"251\" height=\"153\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/angle.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Blur</h4>\r\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"206\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift9.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"411\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift10.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\r\n\r\n<h4>Color</h4>\r\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift11.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\r\n\r\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\r\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\r\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\r\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\r\n5. Adjust Contrast\r\n\r\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"404\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift12.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\r\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\r\n\r\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\r\n\r\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\r\n\r\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"668\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift13.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\r\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\r\n\r\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\r\n\r\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\r\n\r\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\r\n\r\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift14.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift15.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\r\n\r\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\r\n\r\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\r\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\r\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\r\n\r\n\r\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\r\n\r\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylist Fake Miniature Picture With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-8','','','2011-10-05 10:29:39','2011-10-05 10:29:39','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5569,16,'2011-10-05 10:30:46','2011-10-05 10:30:46','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\r\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\r\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\r\n\r\n<h4>Location</h4>\r\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\r\n\r\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\r\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\r\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\r\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\r\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\r\n\r\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\r\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\r\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \r\n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\r\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\r\n6. View from the Yebisu Garden Place Tower around the 38-40th floor.\r\n7. View from Tokyo Tower, or Roppongi Hills (I think).\r\n\r\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\r\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\r\n\r\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"251\" height=\"153\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/angle.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Blur</h4>\r\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"206\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift9.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"411\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift10.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\r\n\r\n<h4>Color</h4>\r\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift11.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\r\n\r\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\r\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\r\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\r\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\r\n5. Adjust Contrast\r\n\r\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"347\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift12.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\r\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\r\n\r\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\r\n\r\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\r\n\r\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"668\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift13.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\r\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\r\n\r\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\r\n\r\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\r\n\r\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\r\n\r\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift14.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift15.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\r\n\r\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\r\n\r\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\r\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\r\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\r\n\r\n\r\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\r\n\r\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylist Fake Miniature Picture With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-9','','','2011-10-05 10:30:46','2011-10-05 10:30:46','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5570,16,'2011-10-05 10:32:43','2011-10-05 10:32:43','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\r\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\r\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\r\n\r\n<h4>Location</h4>\r\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\r\n\r\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\r\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\r\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\r\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\r\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\r\n\r\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\r\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\r\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \r\n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\r\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\r\n6. View from the Yebisu Garden Place Tower around the 38-40th floor.\r\n7. View from Tokyo Tower, or Roppongi Hills (I think).\r\n\r\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\r\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\r\n\r\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"251\" height=\"153\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/angle.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Blur</h4>\r\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"206\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift9.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"411\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift10.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\r\n\r\n<h4>Color</h4>\r\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift11.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\r\n\r\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\r\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\r\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\r\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\r\n5. Adjust Contrast\r\n\r\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"347\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift12.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\r\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\r\n\r\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\r\n\r\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\r\n\r\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"547\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift13.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\r\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\r\n\r\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\r\n\r\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\r\n\r\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\r\n\r\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"366\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift14.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift15.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\r\n\r\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\r\n\r\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\r\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\r\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\r\n\r\n\r\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\r\n\r\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylist Fake Miniature Picture With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-10','','','2011-10-05 10:32:43','2011-10-05 10:32:43','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5571,16,'2011-10-05 10:35:20','2011-10-05 10:35:20','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\r\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\r\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\r\n\r\n<h4>Location</h4>\r\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\r\n\r\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\r\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\r\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\r\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\r\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\r\n\r\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\r\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\r\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \r\n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\r\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\r\n6. View from the Yebisu Garden Place Tower around the 38-40th floor.\r\n7. View from Tokyo Tower, or Roppongi Hills (I think).\r\n\r\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\r\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\r\n\r\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"251\" height=\"153\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/angle.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Blur</h4>\r\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift9.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift10.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\r\n\r\n<h4>Color</h4>\r\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift11.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\r\n\r\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\r\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\r\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\r\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\r\n5. Adjust Contrast\r\n\r\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"316\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift12.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\r\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\r\n\r\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\r\n\r\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\r\n\r\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"522\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift13.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\r\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\r\n\r\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\r\n\r\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\r\n\r\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\r\n\r\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift14.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift15.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\r\n\r\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\r\n\r\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\r\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\r\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\r\n\r\n\r\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\r\n\r\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylist Fake Miniature Picture With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-11','','','2011-10-05 10:35:20','2011-10-05 10:35:20','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(5572,16,'2011-10-05 10:40:41','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Just posted an awesome fake miniature tutorial from @takayukifukatsu of #tiltshiftgenerator! Mini madness ahoy! http://tinyurl.com/6a2b9s5','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-10-05 10:40:41','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5572',0,'tweet','',0),(5573,16,'2011-10-05 10:40:40','2011-10-05 10:40:40','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! Read on to learn all of the basics for taking a fake miniature photo with iPhone! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\r\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\r\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\r\n\r\n<h4>Location</h4>\r\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\r\n\r\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\r\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\r\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\r\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\r\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\r\n\r\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\r\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\r\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \r\n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\r\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\r\n6. View from the Yebisu Garden Place Tower around the 38-40th floor.\r\n7. View from Tokyo Tower, or Roppongi Hills (I think).\r\n\r\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\r\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\r\n\r\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"251\" height=\"153\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/angle.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Blur</h4>\r\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift9.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift10.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\r\n\r\n<h4>Color</h4>\r\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift11.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\r\n\r\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\r\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\r\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\r\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\r\n5. Adjust Contrast\r\n\r\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"316\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift12.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\r\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\r\n\r\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\r\n\r\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\r\n\r\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"522\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift13.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\r\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\r\n\r\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\r\n\r\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\r\n\r\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\r\n\r\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift14.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift15.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\r\n\r\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\r\n\r\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\r\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\r\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\r\n\r\n\r\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\r\n\r\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylish Fake Miniature Photo With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-12','','','2011-10-05 10:40:40','2011-10-05 10:40:40','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(5574,16,'2011-10-05 10:52:23','2011-10-05 10:52:23','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Inked Fingers (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \n\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband :) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \n\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \n\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \n\nAdrina + Alexa (i_am_alive & hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\n\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \n\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \n\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\n\nI’m really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last. ;) Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \n\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\n\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \n\n\n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \n\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-3','','','2011-10-05 10:52:23','2011-10-05 10:52:23','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5576,16,'2011-10-05 10:53:24','2011-10-05 10:53:24','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Inked Fingers (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \n\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband :) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \n\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \n\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \n\nAdrina + Alexa (i_am_alive & hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\n\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \n\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \n\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\n\nI’m really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last. ;) Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \n\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\n\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \n\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-5','','','2011-10-05 10:53:24','2011-10-05 10:53:24','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5575,16,'2011-10-05 10:52:50','2011-10-05 10:52:50','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Inked Fingers (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband :) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (i_am_alive & hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last. ;) Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-4','','','2011-10-05 10:52:50','2011-10-05 10:52:50','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5577,16,'2011-10-05 10:54:12','2011-10-05 10:54:12','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Inked Fingers (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (i_am_alive & hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last. ;) Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-6','','','2011-10-05 10:54:12','2011-10-05 10:54:12','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5578,16,'2011-10-05 10:57:00','2011-10-05 10:57:00','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Inked Fingers (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \n\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \n\n\n\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \n\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \n\nAdrina + Alexa (i_am_alive & hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\n\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \n\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \n\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\n\nI’m also really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last.... Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \n\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\n\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \n\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-7','','','2011-10-05 10:57:00','2011-10-05 10:57:00','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5579,16,'2011-10-05 10:58:00','2011-10-05 10:58:00','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Inked Fingers (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \n\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \n\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \n\nAdrina + Alexa (i_am_alive & hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\n\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \n\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \n\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\n\nI’m also really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last.... Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \n\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\n\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \n\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-8','','','2011-10-05 10:58:00','2011-10-05 10:58:00','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5580,16,'2011-10-05 11:07:18','2011-10-05 11:07:18','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Instagramer <a href=\"http://statigr.am/viewer.php#/user/531014/\" title=\"Inked Fingers Instagram\">@InkedFingers</a> (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (Instagramers @i_am_alive & @hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m also really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last.... Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-9','','','2011-10-05 11:07:18','2011-10-05 11:07:18','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5581,16,'2011-10-05 11:08:42','2011-10-05 11:08:42','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Instagramer <a href=\"http://statigr.am/viewer.php#/user/531014/\" title=\"Inked Fingers Instagram\">@InkedFingers</a> (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (Instagramers @i_am_alive & @hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m also really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last.... Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-10','','','2011-10-05 11:08:42','2011-10-05 11:08:42','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5582,16,'2011-10-05 11:15:56','2011-10-05 11:15:56','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Instagramer <a href=\"http://statigr.am/viewer.php#/user/531014/\" title=\"Inked Fingers Instagram\">@InkedFingers</a> (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (Instagramers @i_am_alive & @hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m also really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last.... Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-11','','','2011-10-05 11:15:56','2011-10-05 11:15:56','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(5583,16,'2011-10-05 10:42:43','2011-10-05 10:42:43','Hello iPhoneographers! You\'re luck is in! To follow on from Art & Mobile\'s fantastic developer interview, Takayuki has recently posted a fake miniature tilt-shift tutorial on the Art & Mobile blog and he has kindly given us the opportunity to post it here for you too! Read on to learn all of the basics for taking a fake miniature photo with iPhone! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What you need:</h4>\r\n- TiltShift Generator ($0.99), my wicked app\r\n- Any photo filter applications like Instagram as a subsidiary tool\r\n\r\n<h4>Location</h4>\r\nTo create a miniature scene, it’s crucial to decide WHERE to take the picture. First of all, position yourself in a high place. If you’re a beginner, I recommend you to go up to a footbridge or a tall building. The proper height depends on the subject of your photo.\r\n\r\nHere is floor levels that is suitable for different subjects.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>2nd to 5th - people</li>\r\n<li>5th to 10th - houses or construction sites</li>\r\n<li>10th to 20th - large buildings such as baseball stadiums</li>\r\n<li>20th to 40th - townscapes</li>\r\n<li>40th or higher - skyscrapers, Tokyo Tower or large landmarks</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/ms?msa=0&msid=215785082982625295044.00049a832331fb0c6429a&brcurrent=3,0x601854c7fb67d4ab:0x11f79cd042272356,1&ie=UTF8&vpsrc=0&source=embed&t=m&ll=35.624931,139.759827&spn=0.390696,0.583649\" title=\"Tokyo Map For Tilt Shift Images\">Click here</a> to see Takayuki\'s map of Tokyo which shows buildings of at least 5 stories; perfect spots for miniature images. Enlarge the map. Asking location on Quora or other question service can help you to make your own map.\r\n\r\nHere is a selection of images from Takayuki taken at various points on his map of Tokyo. Captions below...\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"400\" id=\"0\" height=\"400\" undefined slidesetid=\"tiltshift\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"  timeout=\"7\"     /]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n1. View from Starbucks at the 2nd floor of the Q-Front building, Shibuya.\r\n2. View from Shibuya station at the 3rd or 4th floor.\r\n3. View from an unknown building at the 7th floor, Atago. \r\n4. View from the historic villages of Shirakawa-go. From a 15 stories high building.\r\n5. View from a hotel in Hawaii at the 24th floor.\r\n6. View from the Yebisu Garden Place Tower around the 38-40th floor.\r\n7. View from Tokyo Tower, or Roppongi Hills (I think).\r\n\r\n<h4>Camera angle</h4>\r\nThe best camera angle is “looking subjects from a high angle” = “look down camera angle”. It’s also important that compositional elements such as buildings or roads should be placed along diagonal lines.\r\n\r\nPut the object you want to focus at the bottom one-third of the photo.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"251\" height=\"153\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/angle.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Blur</h4>\r\nYou can use the Blur tab to apply and edit the blur effect. Select the linear blur effect.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift9.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTap the screen to adjust the blurred area. Keep one-third from the bottom of the picture sharp. Use two fingers to adjust the blurred area, or the slider to change the strength of the blur.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift10.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFocus on the object you want to keep sharp and leave the rest blurred.\r\n\r\n<h4>Color</h4>\r\nEdit the color with the Color tab. You can adjust the “saturation”, “brightness” and “contrast.”\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift11.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTry to apply a “more intense”, “brighter” color and “stronger contrast” as a basis. Here are five easy steps to apply the effect:\r\n\r\n1. Make the color more intense by increasing the Saturation\r\n2. Make the color brighter by increasing the Brightness\r\n3. Create stronger contrast by increasing the Contrast\r\n4. Adjust Saturation and Brightness\r\n5. Adjust Contrast\r\n\r\nTry to adjust the sliders from top to bottom twice as described above. This way you can create a perfect atmosphere.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"316\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift12.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Vignetting</h4>\r\nYou can darken the edges of a photo by using the Vignetting tab.\r\n\r\nTo apply this effect or not is totally up to your taste.\r\n\r\nWhen you darken the corners, the center of the image will stand out.\r\n\r\nThis tool is very useful when the background is messy and the main subject of the photo is hard to distinguish.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"522\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift13.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Instagram (additional)</h4>\r\nFor advanced works, you can try to use TiltShift Generator together with Instagram.\r\n\r\nThe photo app Instagram is the perfect partner for TiltShift Generator,\r\n\r\nApplying an Instagram effect on the miniature scene made by TiltShift Generator creates a much more appealing image.\r\n\r\nInstagram includes a tilt-shift feature but TiltShift Generator has a more advanced blur filter. Many users combine the advantages of both applications.\r\n\r\nMoreover Instagram crop your image to a square picture. iPhone’s original camera is rather wide-angled for creating miniature scenes, so cropping the image can stand out the miniature world more.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift14.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Tiltshift Generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/tiltshift15.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<strong>Note: the following information is rather geeky.</strong>\r\n\r\nIf you like creating miniature scenes, try a digital SLR camera. TiltShift Generator is an app developed based on a SLR camera equipped with a tilt-shift lens. I bought these three lens to develop this app. Well, I invested quite a lot. :p\r\n\r\n- Canon TS-E 17mm f/4L\r\n- Canon TS-E 45mm f/2.8\r\n- Canon TS-E 90mm f/2.8\r\n\r\nI personally recommend the 90 mm and 45 mm lens to take miniature images.\r\n\r\nTo keep up with all of Art & Mobile\'s posts check out their <a href=\"http://artandmobile.com/\" title=\"Art & Mobile\">website</a>. \r\n\r\nSo there you have it folks, go forth and make minis! ','How To Take A Stylish Fake Miniature Photo With iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','5544-revision-13','','','2011-10-05 10:42:43','2011-10-05 10:42:43','',5544,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5544-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(5584,16,'2011-10-04 11:25:53','2011-10-04 11:25:53','After her very popular <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/iphoneography-with-karen-messick.html\" title=\"#\">iPhoneography interview,</a> we invited Karen back to talk about some of the hot issues in iPhoneography as she sees them. So welcome to Karen\'t first guest post on The Beginners Lens!! As always, don\'t forget to check out Karen\'s <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com\" title=\"Karen Messick\'s website\">website,</a> and if you\'re local to the area, sign up for one of her iPhoneography seminars...guaranteed it will be money well spent! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSince digital imagery became popular, every digital photographer has grappled with establishing an efficient workflow. Eventually software programs were developed to satisfy the needs of sorting, naming, editing and filing images. But these days we\'re shooting so much, so often, and on-the-go...it\'s more important than ever to establish a good workflow to keep your iPhone photos organized and your iPhone clutter-free! In conversations with other photographers, I find workflow to be very personal, in other words, what works for you, works for you! But that said, it\'s still useful to find out what other\'s are doing...so I want to share with you what works for my iPhoneography workflow. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\r\n\r\niPhone images are no different. A workflow needs to be established for easy retrieval and processing of images. Workflow begins with image capture.\r\nDepending what iPhone app I am using, such as <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/camera-plus-pro-the-ultimate/id345752934?mt=8\" title=\"Camera Plus Pro\">Camera Plus Pro,</a> I may have to sync the files to my camera roll as a first step, other apps will automatically save your images to your camera roll. Also make sure if your app has files size options and that you are always choosing the largest one.\r\n\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Editing:</h4>\r\n\r\nAfter I have images stored to my camera roll from a days shooting, I delete directly on the iPhone the obvious “losers” and keep the “winners” as well as the ones with “possibilities”. Then, I begin to process and edit on the iPhone. It is best to try and work the images as close to the shoot as possible so you can work with the feelings evoked by the shoot. \r\n\r\n<h4>Processing:</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst, after reviewing my images on the iPhone’s camera roll, I begin to process the “real” winners. (My internal reaction to a picture file is my muse, if inside I respond with a wow, that’s a winner for me.) Depending on whether the images were shot for HDR processing or single shot processing I will then choose an app to start the process. For HDR images I will use <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"TrueHDR\">TrueHDR,</a> <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"PROHDR\">ProHDR,</a> or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/icamera-hdr-all-in-one/id417199960?mt=8\" title=\"iCameraHDR\">iCamera HDR.</a> If the image is a single shot, I almost always open the image in <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/iris-photo-suite/id377598786?mt=8\" title=\"Iris\">Iris</a> first, for global adjustments such as levels, shadow highlights, saturation, etc. \r\n\r\nAfter I have the basic image adjusted to my satisfaction, I then ponder how I would like to “finish” the image with different artistic apps, like textures in Iris, Painterly effects from <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autopainter/id429133097?mt=8\" title=\"Autopainter\">AutoPainter</a>, or maybe I want to apply and combine various layers in different apps to arrive at a unique image. I ask myself what final look do I envision for the image. Sometimes I just start running the image into different apps to see how they will impact the image. I usually save the image to the camera roll at many steps along the way, or after each app I use. I sometimes save several versions with <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/scratchcam/id430226774?mt=8\" title=\"Scratchcam\">ScratchCam.</a>\r\n\r\nBlending and masking layers of images is always fun and can be done easily in Iris and Filterstorm. After arriving at the “Final” image I always go into PerfectPhoto and apply some level of sharpening.\r\n\r\nIf I see the image in my mind, with a frame on it then I usually open the image in Crop’n’Frame and apply a color-coordinated frame. If I am going to post the image to my blog then I will also add my signature in an app called Impression. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/karen1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Saving:</h4>\r\n\r\nThrough all of the above steps I am saving the image at various stages in the process creating new image files in the camera roll. While many apps are “app linking” now…in other words you can go right from one app to another without having to save the file first I prefer to save the image as each step is applied. \r\n\r\nThere are several reasons for saving the image at various steps: When teaching it is helpful to show an image in various stages of processing, and it helps me remember all the steps I took to get the final result. Also if I need a file without a frame and signature on it I can easily go back and retrieve one. \r\nAlso I may not like the “next” app process I apply so I always have the last step image saved so I can “step backward”, even if I\'ve navigated out of the app. When creating a series of images it is also helpful in documenting the steps so that series images can have similar processing looks. Once I have completely finished processing an image I then save the final to my camera roll.\r\n\r\n<h4>Downloading:</h4>\r\n\r\nIt is wise to download your images to a named file folder on your desktop or laptop for storage just like any other image file system. \r\nI work on a Mac so I use Image Capture for downloading the images to my computer, (I also do not allow iPhoto to grab my files as I download from my iPhone). I prefer to keep all of my files organized in folders as opposed to iTunes. Image Capture on the Mac allows you to see all your images on the camera roll before downloading. There is also an option to select specific images and either delete off the camera roll after downloading or not. I usually delete from the camera roll at this stage of the process after making my selections using the command click function that allows you to make non-continuous selections.\r\n\r\nImage Capture also allows you to sort the images into designated folders, so I will create a folder first for the group or groups of images I am interested in clearing off the camera roll. \r\n\r\n<h4>Storing:</h4>\r\n\r\nSo that’s it, then I back up just like I would do for my DSLR files. I back up using storage drives and hard copy CD’s. Note: (If I were a Lightroom user I would then go into the catalog and let Lightroom do its thing with the catalog). \r\n\r\nHappy iPhoneography-ing! \r\n','Guest Post: Karen Messick Talks iPhoneography Workflow','','inherit','open','open','','5511-revision-13','','','2011-10-04 11:25:53','2011-10-04 11:25:53','',5511,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5511-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(5585,16,'2011-10-10 08:00:31','2011-10-10 08:00:31','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, Paul and Dmitry, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development when one of them got his first iPhone. I joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time learning difficult software. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal plus many many more...and you\'ll see that all of them allow you to create real art in minutes. Last May we also started Mac app development and have released three applications: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way...go get it if you haven\'t already!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally in USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets can\'t just spend all their time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Have you reached a wide audience with the app?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur flagship photography app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - with versions for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when Paul and Dmitry thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When they first created FX Photo Studio it was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more features and the app turned to a real photo studio, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus the masking tool to paint with effects, the color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other features which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFX Photo Studio has often been compared with PhotoShop as there\'s so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. Photoshop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and gives people a reason to say \"WOW!\", when they see your pictures. FX Photo Studio is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\r\n\r\nWhile FX Photo Studio is our flagship app on both iOS and Mac, we have just launched a brand new app for Mac only and that\'s been big news for us recently. Color Splash Studio for Mac is a very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not wanting to launch into full-on promotion, I will just suggest you check it out in the Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in most of the stores around the world! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"344\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But the current version 2.0 is still really awesome for creating photography and editing on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what I can create with all those filters and tools!! ','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio','','publish','open','open','','meet-the-developers-macphun-fx-photo-studio','','','2011-10-06 11:51:09','2011-10-06 11:51:09','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5585',0,'post','',1),(5586,16,'2011-10-05 11:25:35','2011-10-05 11:25:35','<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\n\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development, when one of them got his first iPhone. I am not one of those two friends, and joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people, who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal and other and see that they allow you to create a real art in minutes. Las May we also started Mac development and have released three applications by now: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way. Have you got it already?\n \n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally - USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets just can\'t spend all the time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with better all the time. \n \n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)?</h4>\n\nThe photography flag ship app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - now there are version for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when same two friends thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When created FX Photo Studio was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more featured and the app turned to a real photo studio on iPhone and iPad, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus masking tool to paint with effects, color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other featured which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \n\nMany compare FX Photo Studio with PhotoShop, so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. PhotoShop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and let others say WOW, when they see your pictures. But it is in no way a photoshop, it is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\n\nWhile FX Photo Studio is a flag ship app on both iOS and Mac, we have the new app, which is a flag ship for Mac platform in particular. The one I am talking about is Color Splash Studio. A very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not to go into app promotion a lot, I will just ask you to check the software on Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in the majority of Mac App Stores. \n \n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But even current version 2.0 is a true powerhouse for creative photography on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what else I can create with all those filters and tools.','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio ','','inherit','open','open','','5585-revision','','','2011-10-05 11:25:35','2011-10-05 11:25:35','',5585,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5585-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5587,16,'2011-10-05 11:25:54','2011-10-05 11:25:54','<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development, when one of them got his first iPhone. I am not one of those two friends, and joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people, who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal and other and see that they allow you to create a real art in minutes. Las May we also started Mac development and have released three applications by now: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way. Have you got it already?\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally - USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets just can\'t spend all the time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with better all the time. \r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)?</h4>\r\n\r\nThe photography flag ship app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - now there are version for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when same two friends thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When created FX Photo Studio was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more featured and the app turned to a real photo studio on iPhone and iPad, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus masking tool to paint with effects, color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other featured which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \r\n\r\nMany compare FX Photo Studio with PhotoShop, so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. PhotoShop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and let others say WOW, when they see your pictures. But it is in no way a photoshop, it is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\r\n\r\nWhile FX Photo Studio is a flag ship app on both iOS and Mac, we have the new app, which is a flag ship for Mac platform in particular. The one I am talking about is Color Splash Studio. A very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not to go into app promotion a lot, I will just ask you to check the software on Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in the majority of Mac App Stores. \r\n \r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But even current version 2.0 is a true powerhouse for creative photography on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what else I can create with all those filters and tools.','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio ','','inherit','open','open','','5585-revision-2','','','2011-10-05 11:25:54','2011-10-05 11:25:54','',5585,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5585-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5588,16,'2011-10-05 12:03:05','2011-10-05 12:03:05','','fxheader','','inherit','open','open','','fxheader','','','2011-10-05 12:03:05','2011-10-05 12:03:05','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheader.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5589,16,'2011-10-05 12:04:50','2011-10-05 12:04:50','','colorsplashstudio','','inherit','open','open','','colorsplashstudio','','','2011-10-05 12:04:50','2011-10-05 12:04:50','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5590,16,'2011-10-05 12:04:54','2011-10-05 12:04:54','','fxheadersm','','inherit','open','open','','fxheadersm','','','2011-10-05 12:04:54','2011-10-05 12:04:54','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5591,16,'2011-10-05 12:15:07','2011-10-05 12:15:07','','fx1','','inherit','open','open','','fx1','','','2011-10-05 12:15:07','2011-10-05 12:15:07','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5592,16,'2011-10-05 12:15:11','2011-10-05 12:15:11','','fx2','','inherit','open','open','','fx2','','','2011-10-05 12:15:11','2011-10-05 12:15:11','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5593,16,'2011-10-05 12:16:54','2011-10-05 12:16:54','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \n\n<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\n\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development when one of them got his first iPhone. I joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time learning difficult software. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal plus many many more...and you\'ll see that all of them allow you to create real art in minutes. Last May we also started Mac app development and have released three applications: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way...go get it if you haven\'t already!! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally in USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets can\'t just spend all their time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Have you reached a wide audience with the app?</h4>\n\nOur flagship photography app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - with versions for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when same two friends thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When they first created FX Photo Studio it was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more features and the app turned to a real photo studio, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus the masking tool to paint with effects, the color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other features which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nFX Photo Studio has often been compared with PhotoShop as there\'s so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. Photoshop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and gives people a reason to say \"WOW!\", when they see your pictures. FX Photo Studio is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\n\nWhile FX Photo Studio is our flagship app on both iOS and Mac, we have just launched a brand new app for Mac only and that\'s been big news for us recently. Color Splash Studio for Mac is a very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not wanting to launch into full-on promotion, I will just suggest you check it out in the Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in most of the stores around the world! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But the current version 2.0 is still really awesome for creating photography and editing on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what I can create with all those filters and tools!! ','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio ','','inherit','open','open','','5585-revision-3','','','2011-10-05 12:16:54','2011-10-05 12:16:54','',5585,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5585-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5594,16,'2011-10-05 12:17:10','2011-10-05 12:17:10','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development when one of them got his first iPhone. I joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time learning difficult software. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal plus many many more...and you\'ll see that all of them allow you to create real art in minutes. Last May we also started Mac app development and have released three applications: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way...go get it if you haven\'t already!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally in USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets can\'t just spend all their time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Have you reached a wide audience with the app?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur flagship photography app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - with versions for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when same two friends thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When they first created FX Photo Studio it was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more features and the app turned to a real photo studio, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus the masking tool to paint with effects, the color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other features which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFX Photo Studio has often been compared with PhotoShop as there\'s so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. Photoshop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and gives people a reason to say \"WOW!\", when they see your pictures. FX Photo Studio is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\r\n\r\nWhile FX Photo Studio is our flagship app on both iOS and Mac, we have just launched a brand new app for Mac only and that\'s been big news for us recently. Color Splash Studio for Mac is a very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not wanting to launch into full-on promotion, I will just suggest you check it out in the Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in most of the stores around the world! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"344\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But the current version 2.0 is still really awesome for creating photography and editing on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what I can create with all those filters and tools!! ','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio ','','inherit','open','open','','5585-revision-4','','','2011-10-05 12:17:10','2011-10-05 12:17:10','',5585,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5585-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5595,16,'2011-10-05 12:17:20','2011-10-05 12:17:20','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development when one of them got his first iPhone. I joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time learning difficult software. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal plus many many more...and you\'ll see that all of them allow you to create real art in minutes. Last May we also started Mac app development and have released three applications: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way...go get it if you haven\'t already!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally in USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets can\'t just spend all their time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Have you reached a wide audience with the app?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur flagship photography app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - with versions for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when same two friends thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When they first created FX Photo Studio it was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more features and the app turned to a real photo studio, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus the masking tool to paint with effects, the color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other features which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFX Photo Studio has often been compared with PhotoShop as there\'s so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. Photoshop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and gives people a reason to say \"WOW!\", when they see your pictures. FX Photo Studio is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\r\n\r\nWhile FX Photo Studio is our flagship app on both iOS and Mac, we have just launched a brand new app for Mac only and that\'s been big news for us recently. Color Splash Studio for Mac is a very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not wanting to launch into full-on promotion, I will just suggest you check it out in the Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in most of the stores around the world! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"344\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But the current version 2.0 is still really awesome for creating photography and editing on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what I can create with all those filters and tools!! ','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio ','','inherit','open','open','','5585-revision-5','','','2011-10-05 12:17:20','2011-10-05 12:17:20','',5585,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5585-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5596,16,'2011-10-05 12:22:06','2011-10-05 12:22:06','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development when one of them got his first iPhone. I joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time learning difficult software. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal plus many many more...and you\'ll see that all of them allow you to create real art in minutes. Last May we also started Mac app development and have released three applications: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way...go get it if you haven\'t already!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally in USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets can\'t just spend all their time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Have you reached a wide audience with the app?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur flagship photography app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - with versions for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when same two friends thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When they first created FX Photo Studio it was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more features and the app turned to a real photo studio, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus the masking tool to paint with effects, the color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other features which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFX Photo Studio has often been compared with PhotoShop as there\'s so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. Photoshop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and gives people a reason to say \"WOW!\", when they see your pictures. FX Photo Studio is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\r\n\r\nWhile FX Photo Studio is our flagship app on both iOS and Mac, we have just launched a brand new app for Mac only and that\'s been big news for us recently. Color Splash Studio for Mac is a very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not wanting to launch into full-on promotion, I will just suggest you check it out in the Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in most of the stores around the world! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"344\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But the current version 2.0 is still really awesome for creating photography and editing on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what I can create with all those filters and tools!! ','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio ','','inherit','open','open','','5585-revision-6','','','2011-10-05 12:22:06','2011-10-05 12:22:06','',5585,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5585-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5597,16,'2011-10-05 12:22:31','2011-10-05 12:22:31','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development when one of them got his first iPhone. I joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time learning difficult software. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal plus many many more...and you\'ll see that all of them allow you to create real art in minutes. Last May we also started Mac app development and have released three applications: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way...go get it if you haven\'t already!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally in USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets can\'t just spend all their time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Have you reached a wide audience with the app?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur flagship photography app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - with versions for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when same two friends thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When they first created FX Photo Studio it was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more features and the app turned to a real photo studio, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus the masking tool to paint with effects, the color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other features which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFX Photo Studio has often been compared with PhotoShop as there\'s so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. Photoshop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and gives people a reason to say \"WOW!\", when they see your pictures. FX Photo Studio is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\r\n\r\nWhile FX Photo Studio is our flagship app on both iOS and Mac, we have just launched a brand new app for Mac only and that\'s been big news for us recently. Color Splash Studio for Mac is a very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not wanting to launch into full-on promotion, I will just suggest you check it out in the Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in most of the stores around the world! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"344\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But the current version 2.0 is still really awesome for creating photography and editing on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what I can create with all those filters and tools!! ','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio ','','inherit','open','open','','5585-revision-7','','','2011-10-05 12:22:31','2011-10-05 12:22:31','',5585,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5585-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5598,16,'2011-10-11 08:00:20','2011-10-11 08:00:20','So maybe you’ve mastered sunsets, and shooting in natural light. You’ve probably already read our post on composition….but you’re looking for something more, something a little unique. Maybe you’re ready to push the boundaries of your photography a little bit further and branch out of the “norm”.  If you’re looking for an interesting take on photography, to add a new style of photo to your repertoire, then this post is for you! Today we’re going to give you a few tips for shooting in unconventional (and sometimes more difficult) weather conditions such as mist, fog, rain, and hail. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Polish Forest, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/benheine/3939063865/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"425\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Mist.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Polish Forest</em>\r\nPhoto by Ben Heine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nMost of us photo nuts are disappointed when we see rain in the forecast, not only do we associate less than perfect weather with bad photos, but we don’t want to chance ruining our precious gear. Of course, wrecking your gear by taking it out into wet weather is a very valid concern…but just because the weather isn’t brilliant doesn’t mean you can’t shoot. In fact, shooting in less than perfect weather creates a whole new set of photography opportunities. If you shift your thinking a bit to begin thinking about “bad” weather as a unique shooting experience, much like shooting a 4am sunrise, you’ll begin to notice photo opportunities even on days when there’s no sun in sight. \r\n\r\nLet’s talk practicality for a moment – if you plan to shoot in misty or rainy conditions you will want to ensure you’ve got enough protection for your camera. There’s a ton of options for keeping your camera protected, you can go the pro route and pick up a rain cover, or you can always go low budget and use a Ziploc or plastic bag. If it’s not raining very hard you may be able to find shelter under a tree, you could shoot from the car with the window open, or if you’re shooting in the city you can stand under an awning. What we’re saying here is get out there and take photos even if it’s raining, there’s always a way!\r\n\r\nSo now that you’ve got your precious gear covered, let’s talk shooting tips. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bring a Tripod</h4> \r\n\r\nRain, mist, and fog means there’s clouds…which also means there’s less natural light available. Given that there is less light you may need to shoot at slower shutter speeds to allow more light into the camera. Avoid that nasty camera shake by shooting with a tripod or monopod. \r\n\r\n<h4>Look for Fog and Mist</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Into the Fog, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/feldore/6220412953/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"473\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Fog.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Into the Fog</em>\r\nPhoto by Feldore McHugh</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nFog and mist can add that something special to your photo, especially in the very early morning and late evening. Typically you will get the best results if you shoot fog and mist during what would normally be the “Golden Hour”. If it is a cold misty morning you’ll need to shoot fast before the sun burns through the mist. Look for water vapor rising from ponds, rivers, and streams, or swirling up from valleys and ravines. \r\n\r\nIf you are shooting in the fog take a look for interesting silhouettes that stand out against the swamp-like background. You can achieve some stunning compositions with objects emerging from the fog! Be aware of the objects around you and the way the fog affects those objects. Also keep in mind that fog is pretty dark, so along with shutter speed you might also need to consider exposure. Try increasing the f-stop by ½ or ¾ of a stop to ensure your photos aren’t too dark. \r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>Shoot the Raindrops and Condensation</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Wet Grass, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/valanne/295196038/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Raindrops.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Wet Grass</em>\r\nPhoto by Valerie Pearce</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nThe patterns that raindrops and condensation make on objects around you are like none other found in nature! They’re unique and often very beautiful. Look for raindrops on leaves, condensation on water pipes, rain dripping down windows or off of tree branches for inspiration. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting Lightning</h4> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"¡Rayos!, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jegomezr/2926143475/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"452\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Lightning.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>¡Rayos!</em>\r\nPhoto by José Eugenio Gómez Rodríguez</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nIf you’re brave enough to go out in a lightning and thunderstorm, be ready to expect the unexpected. Shooting lightning can be really fun, even if it is a bit unpredictable! We could probably write a whole post on this subject (watch this space we just might do that) but a couple of things to remember for shooting lightning is keep your camera on the tripod, use long shutter speeds (as long as possible – maybe even the bulb setting), and set up your shot ahead of time. You’ll need to keep the shutter open as often as possible to capture the lightning, so just sit, shoot, and be patient. Don’t forget you can stack your lightning images to great effect in post-processing! \r\n\r\nOne final note before you head out into the rain…take a towel with you, the weather is unpredictable people! \r\n','Photography Tips for Rain, Mist, & Fog','','publish','open','open','','photography-tips-for-rain-mist-fog','','','2011-10-10 09:03:05','2011-10-10 09:03:05','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5598',0,'post','',0),(5599,16,'2011-10-05 15:07:46','2011-10-05 15:07:46','So maybe you’ve mastered sunsets, and shooting in natural light. You’ve probably already read our post on composition….but you’re looking for something more, something a little unique. Maybe you’re ready to push the boundaries of your photography a little bit further and branch out of the “norm”.  If you’re looking for an interesting take on photography, to add a new style of photo to your repertoire, then this post is for you! Today we’re going to give you a few tips for shooting in unconventional (and sometimes more difficult) weather conditions such as mist, fog, rain, and hail. \n\nMost of us photo nuts are disappointed when we see rain in the forecast, not only do we associate less than perfect weather with bad photos, but we don’t want to chance ruining our precious gear. Of course, wrecking your gear by taking it out into wet weather is a very valid concern…but just because the weather isn’t brilliant doesn’t mean you can’t shoot. In fact, shooting in less than perfect weather creates a whole new set of photography opportunities. If you shift your thinking a bit to begin thinking about “bad” weather as a unique shooting experience, much like shooting a 4am sunrise, you’ll begin to notice photo opportunities even on days when there’s no sun in sight. \n\nLet’s talk practicality for a moment – if you plan to shoot in misty or rainy conditions you will want to ensure you’ve got enough protection for your camera. There’s a ton of options for keeping your camera protected, you can go the pro route and pick up a rain cover, or you can always go low budget and use a Ziploc or plastic bag. If it’s not raining very hard you may be able to find shelter under a tree, you could shoot from the car with the window open, or if you’re shooting in the city you can stand under an awning. What we’re saying here is get out there and take photos even if it’s raining, there’s always a way!\n\nSo now that you’ve got your precious gear covered, let’s talk shooting tips. \n\n<h4>Bring a Tripod</h4> \n\nRain, mist, and fog means there’s clouds…which also means there’s less natural light available. Given that there is less light you may need to shoot at slower shutter speeds to allow more light into the camera. Avoid that nasty camera shake by shooting with a tripod or monopod. \n\n<h4Look for Fog and Mist \n\nFog and mist can add that something special to your photo, especially in the very early morning and late evening. Typically you will get the best results if you shoot fog and mist during what would normally be the “Golden Hour”. If it is a cold misty morning you’ll need to shoot fast before the sun burns through the mist. Look for water vapor rising from ponds, rivers, and streams, or swirling up from valleys and ravines. \n\nIf you are shooting in the fog take a look for interesting silhouettes that stand out against the swamp-like background. You can achieve some stunning compositions with objects emerging from the fog! Be aware of the objects around you and the way the fog affects those objects. Also keep in mind that fog is pretty dark, so along with shutter speed you might also need to consider exposure. Try increasing the f-stop by ½ or ¾ of a stop to ensure your photos aren’t too dark. \n\nShoot the Raindrops and Condensation \n\nThe patterns that raindrops and condensation make on objects around you are like none other found in nature! They’re unique and often very beautiful. Look for raindrops on leaves, condensation on water pipes, rain dripping down windows or off of tree branches for inspiration. \n\nShooting Lightning \n\nIf you’re brave enough to go out in a lightning and thunderstorm, be ready to expect the unexpected. Shooting lightning can be really fun, even if it is a bit unpredictable! We could probably write a whole post on this subject (watch this space we just might do that) but a couple of things to remember for shooting lightning is keep your camera on the tripod, use long shutter speeds (as long as possible – maybe even the bulb setting), and set up your shot ahead of time. You’ll need to keep the shutter open as often as possible to capture the lightning, so just sit, shoot, and be patient. Don’t forget you can stack your lightning images to great effect in post-processing! \n\nOne final note before you head out into the rain…take a towel with you, weather is unpredictable people! \n','Photography Tips for Rain, Mist, & Fog ','','inherit','open','open','','5598-revision','','','2011-10-05 15:07:46','2011-10-05 15:07:46','',5598,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5598-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5600,16,'2011-10-05 15:08:32','2011-10-05 15:08:32','So maybe you’ve mastered sunsets, and shooting in natural light. You’ve probably already read our post on composition….but you’re looking for something more, something a little unique. Maybe you’re ready to push the boundaries of your photography a little bit further and branch out of the “norm”.  If you’re looking for an interesting take on photography, to add a new style of photo to your repertoire, then this post is for you! Today we’re going to give you a few tips for shooting in unconventional (and sometimes more difficult) weather conditions such as mist, fog, rain, and hail. \r\n\r\nMost of us photo nuts are disappointed when we see rain in the forecast, not only do we associate less than perfect weather with bad photos, but we don’t want to chance ruining our precious gear. Of course, wrecking your gear by taking it out into wet weather is a very valid concern…but just because the weather isn’t brilliant doesn’t mean you can’t shoot. In fact, shooting in less than perfect weather creates a whole new set of photography opportunities. If you shift your thinking a bit to begin thinking about “bad” weather as a unique shooting experience, much like shooting a 4am sunrise, you’ll begin to notice photo opportunities even on days when there’s no sun in sight. \r\n\r\nLet’s talk practicality for a moment – if you plan to shoot in misty or rainy conditions you will want to ensure you’ve got enough protection for your camera. There’s a ton of options for keeping your camera protected, you can go the pro route and pick up a rain cover, or you can always go low budget and use a Ziploc or plastic bag. If it’s not raining very hard you may be able to find shelter under a tree, you could shoot from the car with the window open, or if you’re shooting in the city you can stand under an awning. What we’re saying here is get out there and take photos even if it’s raining, there’s always a way!\r\n\r\nSo now that you’ve got your precious gear covered, let’s talk shooting tips. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bring a Tripod</h4> \r\n\r\nRain, mist, and fog means there’s clouds…which also means there’s less natural light available. Given that there is less light you may need to shoot at slower shutter speeds to allow more light into the camera. Avoid that nasty camera shake by shooting with a tripod or monopod. \r\n\r\n<h4>Look for Fog and Mist</h4> \r\n\r\nFog and mist can add that something special to your photo, especially in the very early morning and late evening. Typically you will get the best results if you shoot fog and mist during what would normally be the “Golden Hour”. If it is a cold misty morning you’ll need to shoot fast before the sun burns through the mist. Look for water vapor rising from ponds, rivers, and streams, or swirling up from valleys and ravines. \r\n\r\nIf you are shooting in the fog take a look for interesting silhouettes that stand out against the swamp-like background. You can achieve some stunning compositions with objects emerging from the fog! Be aware of the objects around you and the way the fog affects those objects. Also keep in mind that fog is pretty dark, so along with shutter speed you might also need to consider exposure. Try increasing the f-stop by ½ or ¾ of a stop to ensure your photos aren’t too dark. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shoot the Raindrops and Condensation</h4> \r\n\r\nThe patterns that raindrops and condensation make on objects around you are like none other found in nature! They’re unique and often very beautiful. Look for raindrops on leaves, condensation on water pipes, rain dripping down windows or off of tree branches for inspiration. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting Lightning</h4> \r\n\r\nIf you’re brave enough to go out in a lightning and thunderstorm, be ready to expect the unexpected. Shooting lightning can be really fun, even if it is a bit unpredictable! We could probably write a whole post on this subject (watch this space we just might do that) but a couple of things to remember for shooting lightning is keep your camera on the tripod, use long shutter speeds (as long as possible – maybe even the bulb setting), and set up your shot ahead of time. You’ll need to keep the shutter open as often as possible to capture the lightning, so just sit, shoot, and be patient. Don’t forget you can stack your lightning images to great effect in post-processing! \r\n\r\nOne final note before you head out into the rain…take a towel with you, the weather is unpredictable people! \r\n','Photography Tips for Rain, Mist, & Fog ','','inherit','open','open','','5598-revision-2','','','2011-10-05 15:08:32','2011-10-05 15:08:32','',5598,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5598-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5601,5,'2011-10-04 07:31:59','2011-10-04 07:31:59','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]Best viewed on a desktop computer! Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a><br>\r\n<br></strong>You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link, unless you have an app that allows you to read zip files.[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Subscription Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-26','','','2011-10-04 07:31:59','2011-10-04 07:31:59','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-26.html',0,'revision','',0),(5602,5,'2011-10-05 21:22:23','0000-00-00 00:00:00','','Email Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','draft','open','open','','','','','2011-10-05 21:22:23','2011-10-05 21:22:23','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?page_id=5602',0,'page','',0),(5603,16,'2011-10-06 08:01:30','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','iPhoneography with Instagramer @inkedfingers - http://tinyurl.com/6df4fpp','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-10-06 08:01:30','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5603',0,'tweet','',0),(5845,16,'2011-10-31 08:00:36','2011-10-31 08:00:36','Hey TBL\'ers! We\'re pleased as punch to have another post from Karen Messick, this week talking about how to create your own photographic series on the iPhone! \r\n\r\nI recently made a road trip with my nephew from Baltimore to Phoenix with some great stops along the way. Since he was doing most of the driving I was able to make some shots through the windows of the car. It was early fall when we left Maryland and I made my first road shot.  My nephew said, I should make a road shot for every state we passed through. Perfect! I had already committed to writing an article on making series images on the iPhone and this was an idea that tied right into the article.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"488\" height=\"217\"  alt=\"Karen Messick\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/series1.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nGrowing up in the 1950’s and 1960’s I saw country roads transform into major highways as the American public fell in love with travel and the automobile became an every man’s way to handle the commute to work from sprawling suburbs, to take sightseeing vacations across America. As a child there was no greater joy than when my dad piled us into the car for a “DRIVE,” often to the Allegheny Mountains in fall or the ocean in summer. I was in a “Retro” mood and Iris had what I wanted in FX. \r\n\r\nWhen my nephew and I left Maryland the skies were grey. My first shot did not have any color going for it so that was one more reason to process the shot with monochrome FX in Iris. I was shooting with the app ClassicPan as it gave me a wide and narrow view of the road through the front windshield, which helped eliminate catching any car interior or exterior. (Bugs on the windshield did occasionally present a problem so every time we stopped for gas I cleaned them!) I really liked the retro feeling the FX in Iris allowed me to create. I finished the image by adding text from Phonto and borders in Snapseed.\r\n\r\nAs we continued on our trip I realized the second shot I made, I did not process in exactly the same way and I did not like the result as much, so I went back and decided to write down all the steps to get the same effect for every shot I was going to process. This attention to recording slider levels gave me the ability to consistently create the series look I wanted in each image. With the iPhone and iPad on board it was easy to post the finished shots to Facebook as we traveled across the country. I had lots of great feedback from my friends as I toured and posted. One comment even asked about the app processing I was using! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"369\" height=\"164\"  alt=\"Karen Messick\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/series2.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"370\" height=\"164\"  alt=\"Karen Messick\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/series3.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>The formula for these images is as follows:</h4> \r\n\r\n1. Shoot in ClassicPan:Film ~Vivid, no Sprockets\r\n\r\n2. Process in Iris:\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Make appropriate adjustments first with Shadow/Highlight</li>\r\n<li>Add FX ~ Retro adjust strength to 48% then apply</li>\r\n<li> Add FX ~ Vintage Print (by tabbing on the more key at the bottom of the Iris FX page) adjust strength to 45% then apply and save to camera roll</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] \r\n\r\n3. Open the saved image in Phonto: Tap the image to bring up the font menu. Make the following selections: Type~ Georgia: Size ~ .68 Tilt~ None Color ~Red 184, Green 153, Blue 39, and Alpha .48 Then hit done and move the text box to the location in your image you desire.\r\n\r\n4. Frame in Snapseed: Open the saved image out of Phonto in Snapseed. Tap on Frames icon at the bottom of Snapseeds opening page, tap the star and select Frame choice #5. Select a frame width between 5 and 15 and an offset of 100%and save.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"369\" height=\"164\"  alt=\"Karen Messick\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/series4.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"369\" height=\"164\"  alt=\"Karen Messick\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/series5.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Here are my General Tips on Creating a Series:</h4>\r\n\r\na. Use the same format for your images; for example you could choose formats that are: Square~ Hipstamatic: Panoramic~ ClassicPan or Standard format~Camera Plus. By using the same format every time you begin to build consistency in your images. While not necessary in creating a series it is an idea to start your series.\r\n\r\nb. Use a consistent subject, process or theme. For example you could shoot a series of say Daisies and mix up the formats, square, standard and panoramic while keeping the processing similar, or you could shoot a series of shots with the same format, similar processing and different subjects with a similar theme as I did with the road shots here. \r\n\r\nc. Keep notes on your processing steps. You never know when a series will develop. (I understand how the flow of creativity just jumps from one app to another..and sometimes you just have to go with it.) Saving images along the way as each step is applied can also help you back track when necessary. Using app linking you do not get a path so be careful when jumping from app to app using linking. \r\n\r\nd. Share your work! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"436\" height=\"181\"  alt=\"Karen Messick\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/series6.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nI continued to use the same ideas and processes all the way back home in the airports as the series not only became a series, but the images told a story by combining text with the image! \r\n\r\nOther series I have created include my beach series...and my Botanical series....all using ClassicPan for shooting. You can view them <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?LID=&cat=157284&pID=1&row=15&photoID=11895625\" title=\"#\">here.</a>\r\n\r\nI would be happy to answer any questions you may have and please feel free to drop in on my <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography Blog\">iPhone blog</a> whenever you get a chance! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"522\" height=\"232\"  alt=\"Karen Messick\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/series7.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','Creating A Photographic Series on the iPhone - On The Road with Karen Messick','','publish','open','open','','creating-a-photographic-series-on-the-iphone-karen-messick','','','2011-10-31 08:29:17','2011-10-31 08:29:17','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5845',0,'post','',0),(5605,16,'2011-10-05 12:23:02','2011-10-05 12:23:02','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development when one of them got his first iPhone. I joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time learning difficult software. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal plus many many more...and you\'ll see that all of them allow you to create real art in minutes. Last May we also started Mac app development and have released three applications: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way...go get it if you haven\'t already!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally in USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets can\'t just spend all their time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Have you reached a wide audience with the app?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur flagship photography app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - with versions for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when same two friends thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When they first created FX Photo Studio it was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more features and the app turned to a real photo studio, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus the masking tool to paint with effects, the color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other features which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFX Photo Studio has often been compared with PhotoShop as there\'s so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. Photoshop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and gives people a reason to say \"WOW!\", when they see your pictures. FX Photo Studio is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\r\n\r\nWhile FX Photo Studio is our flagship app on both iOS and Mac, we have just launched a brand new app for Mac only and that\'s been big news for us recently. Color Splash Studio for Mac is a very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not wanting to launch into full-on promotion, I will just suggest you check it out in the Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in most of the stores around the world! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"344\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But the current version 2.0 is still really awesome for creating photography and editing on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what I can create with all those filters and tools!! ','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio','','inherit','open','open','','5585-revision-8','','','2011-10-05 12:23:02','2011-10-05 12:23:02','',5585,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5585-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5606,16,'2011-10-06 08:24:40','2011-10-06 08:24:40','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development when one of them got his first iPhone. I joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time learning difficult software. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal plus many many more...and you\'ll see that all of them allow you to create real art in minutes. Last May we also started Mac app development and have released three applications: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way...go get it if you haven\'t already!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally in USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets can\'t just spend all their time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Have you reached a wide audience with the app?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur flagship photography app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - with versions for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when same two friends thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When they first created FX Photo Studio it was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more features and the app turned to a real photo studio, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus the masking tool to paint with effects, the color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other features which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFX Photo Studio has often been compared with PhotoShop as there\'s so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. Photoshop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and gives people a reason to say \"WOW!\", when they see your pictures. FX Photo Studio is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\r\n\r\nWhile FX Photo Studio is our flagship app on both iOS and Mac, we have just launched a brand new app for Mac only and that\'s been big news for us recently. Color Splash Studio for Mac is a very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not wanting to launch into full-on promotion, I will just suggest you check it out in the Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in most of the stores around the world! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"344\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But the current version 2.0 is still really awesome for creating photography and editing on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what I can create with all those filters and tools!! ','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio','','inherit','open','open','','5585-revision-9','','','2011-10-06 08:24:40','2011-10-06 08:24:40','',5585,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5585-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5607,16,'2011-10-07 08:00:50','2011-10-07 08:00:50','Well, Apple has been in the news quite a lot this week. And being iPhoneographers and fans of Apple, we couldn\'t let this week go by without writing a post. Originally, we were going to launch right into the iPhone stuff...but with the very sad news of Steve Jobs passing on Wednesday we couldn\'t possibly start a post about the iPhone without mentioning the revolutionary man himself. Steve Jobs was a truly great visionary, who changed the world of technology forever with his forward thinking...he will be greatly missed, and our hearts go out to his family who will surely feel his loss most profoundly. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"283\"  alt=\"iPhone 4S \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/iphoneheader.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nRegarding Apple\'s big iPhone announcement this week (which feels a bit less important now...but I guess that\'s life...), we’ve been waiting on tenterhooks to find out just what Apple have been up to behind the iPhone scenes. Whilst we are super stoked that the new iPhone will have a major camera upgrade – and for many iPhoneographers that’s reason enough to get on board, but for some of us (myself included) this announcement leaves us in a bit of a quandary. Do we upgrade to iPhone 4S right away, or do we wait for the actual iPhone 5 which might be better still? It\'s the archetypical dilemma, you might say, should we follow advances in technology as soon as they come out? Or should we wait to get the upgraded technology at a later date and risk feeling left behind (read: totally jealous) until the next release.\r\n\r\nWell, for many of you this will depend on your mobile service provider and the way they handle your subscription. In many cases you get stuck with them for 2 years when you buy an iPhone contract, but Apple generally upgrades the device every year! So buying the iPhone 4S today means bypassing the iPhone 5 next year or paying out of the nose to upgrade when the 5 comes out. Let’s not even TALK about buying an iPhone off the shelf as for many of us this is just crazy business. \r\n\r\nSo we figured some of you might be in the same position we are in today…into iPhoneography but wondering whether or not to upgrade…? So here’s the upgrade situation as we see it. <strong>There’s essentially three types of iPhonographers:</strong> casual snappers, amateur enthusiasts, and pro photographers turned iPhoneographers. Which one are you? \r\n\r\nIf you take photos here and there, snap a photo occasionally, or only use your iPhone camera when you think of it – you’re a <strong>casual iPhoneographer.</strong> \r\n\r\n<strong>Amateur enthusiasts</strong> are a likely to be quite involved to totally obsessed with iPhoneography. They are snapping all the time, have tried all the apps, and are immersed in photo-sharing culture on Instagram and the like. \r\n\r\n<strong>Pros turned iPhoneographers</strong> are pretty self-explanatory, and we’re seeing much more of this these days. Pro photogs going mobile are doing some amazing things with iPhoneography – and there will surely be more pros going this way as technology advances even further. Most pros are likely to upgrade anyway so this post doesn’t necessarily relate to them… \r\n\r\n<strong>So are you thinking about upgrading? Well, there are a few good reasons you might consider upgrading: </strong>\r\n\r\n-	you are a casual iPhoneographer wanting to get more involved \r\n-	you want to print your photos larger than 8x10 size (that\'s what the additional megapixels will help you with)\r\n-	you take a lot of HDR or panoramic photos, and you do a lot of editing on the iPhone and want better and faster editing capabilities. \r\n-	you need a lot more space for photos (and especially videos), and you don\'t mind shelling out for the 64GB 4S.\r\n-	you are on a 3GS and want to not only upgrade your camera, but also have better luck with the iOS upgrade. \r\n\r\nLet me explain a few of those points above. \r\n\r\nThere’s a lot of hubbub about the upgraded 8 megapixel camera and we’re agreed that it will likely be a huge step up. But don’t forget that a camera of that size is also likely to be quite power-hungry, so despite the dual-core A5 chip, you may still experience slow processing. This point remains to be seen, so on that basis it might be worth waiting to see what the reviews say about actual processing speed on the iPhone 4S. Also, it goes without saying that if you’re still on the 3GS (like I am), you may also want to consider upgrading (to at least a 4, given that the iOS 5 update may wreak havoc on your phone). I’ve had a play around with iOS 5 on my own 3GS and have found it quite sluggish and slow, mind you it is still a BETA version…\r\n\r\n<strong>So, what’s an iPhoneographer to do?</strong> Well, if you want to print your photos, you need more megapixels, and you need a lot more space then it’s a no-brainer. Upgrade. \r\n\r\nIf like me, you’re on the fence but know you need to go one way or another – perhaps wait until the 4S actually comes out to see what other iPhoneographers and reviewers are saying about the camera and editing capabilities. Of course, if you don’t upgrade you won’t get to try out Siri, and let’s face it, we all want a personal assistant in our pockets, so maybe you should just get the dang upgrade anyway...Apple does it again! \r\n','Upgrade to iPhone 4S? An iPhoneographers Point-of-View','','publish','open','open','','upgrade-to-iphone-4s-an-iphoneographers-point-of-view','','','2011-10-06 09:00:09','2011-10-06 09:00:09','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5607',0,'post','',2),(5608,16,'2011-10-06 08:43:37','2011-10-06 08:43:37','Well, Apple has been in the news quite a lot this week. And being iPhoneographers and fans of Apple, we couldn\'t let this week go by without writing a post. Originally, we were going to launch right into the iPhone stuff...but with the very sad news of Steve Jobs passing on Wednesday we couldn\'t possibly start a post about the iPhone without mentioning the revolutionary man himself. Steve Jobs was a truly great visionary, who changed the world of technology forever with his forward thinking...he will be greatly missed, and our hearts go out to his family who will surely feel his loss most profoundly. \n\nRegarding Apple\'s big iPhone announcement this week (which feels a bit less important now...but I guess that\'s life...), we’ve been waiting on tenterhooks to find out just what Apple have been up to behind the iPhone scenes. Whilst we are super stoked that the new iPhone will have a major camera upgrade – and for many iPhoneographers that’s reason enough to get on board, but for some of us (myself included) this announcement leaves us in a bit of a quandary. Do we upgrade to iPhone 4S right away, or do we wait for the actual iPhone 5 which might be better still? It\'s the archetypical dilemma, you might say, should we follow advances in technology as soon as they come out? Or should we wait to get the upgraded technology at a later date and risk feeling left behind (read: totally jealous) until the next release.\n\nWell, for many of you this will depend on your mobile service provider and the way they handle your subscription. In many cases you get stuck with them for 2 years when you buy an iPhone contract, but Apple generally upgrades the device every year! So buying the iPhone 4S today means bypassing the iPhone 5 next year or paying out of the nose to upgrade when the 5 comes out. Let’s not even TALK about buying an iPhone off the shelf as for many of us this is just crazy business. \n\nSo we figured some of you might be in the same position we are in today…into iPhoneography but wondering whether or not to upgrade…? So here’s the upgrade situation as we see it. There’s essentially three types of iPhonographers: casual snappers, amateur enthusiasts, and pro photographers turned iPhoneographers. Which one are you? \n\nIf you take photos here and there, snap a photo occasionally, or only use your iPhone camera when you think of it – you’re a casual iPhoneographer. \n\nAmateur enthusiasts are a likely to be quite involved to totally obsessed with iPhoneography. They are snapping all the time, have tried all the apps, and are immersed in photo-sharing culture on Instagram and the like. \n\nPros turned iPhoneographers are pretty self-explanatory, and we’re seeing much more of this these days. Pro photogs going mobile are doing some amazing things with iPhoneography – and there will surely be more pros going this way as technology advances even further. Most pros are likely to upgrade anyway so this post doesn’t necessarily relate to them… \n\nSo are you thinking about upgrading? Well, there are a few good reasons you might consider upgrading: \n\n-	you are a casual iPhoneographer wanting to get more involved \n-	you want to print your photos larger than 8x10 size (that\'s what the additional megapixels will help you with)\n-	you take a lot of HDR or panoramic photos, and you do a lot of editing on the iPhone and want better and faster editing capabilities. \n-	you need a lot more space for photos (and especially videos), and you don\'t mind shelling out for the 64GB 4S.\n-	you are on a 3GS and want to not only upgrade your camera, but also have better luck with the iOS upgrade. \n\nLet me explain a few of those points above. \n\nThere’s a lot of hubbub about the upgraded 8 megapixel camera and we’re agreed that it will likely be a huge step up. But don’t forget that a camera of that size is also likely to be quite power-hungry, so despite the dual-core A5 chip, you may still experience slow processing. This point remains to be seen, so on that basis it might be worth waiting to see what the reviews say about actual processing speed on the iPhone 4S. Also, it goes without saying that if you’re still on the 3GS (like I am), you may also want to consider upgrading (to at least a 4, given that the iOS 5 update may wreak havoc on your phone). I’ve had a play around with iOS 5 on my own 3GS and have found it quite sluggish and slow, mind you it is still a BETA version…\n\nSo, what’s an iPhoneographer to do? Well, if you want to print your photos, you need more megapixels, and you need a lot more space then it’s a no-brainer. Upgrade. \n\nIf like me, you’re on the fence but know you need to go one way or another – perhaps wait until the 4S actually comes out to see what other iPhoneographers and reviewers are saying about the camera and editing capabilities. Of course, if you don’t upgrade you won’t get to try out Siri, and let’s face it, we all want a personal assistant in our pockets, so maybe you should just get the dang upgrade anyway...Apple does it again! \n','Upgrade to iPhone 4S? An iPhoneographers Point-of-View','','inherit','open','open','','5607-revision','','','2011-10-06 08:43:37','2011-10-06 08:43:37','',5607,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5607-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5609,16,'2011-10-06 08:57:00','2011-10-06 08:57:00','','iphoneheader','','inherit','open','open','','iphoneheader','','','2011-10-06 08:57:00','2011-10-06 08:57:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/iphoneheader.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5610,16,'2011-10-06 08:57:20','2011-10-06 08:57:20','Well, Apple has been in the news quite a lot this week. And being iPhoneographers and fans of Apple, we couldn\'t let this week go by without writing a post. Originally, we were going to launch right into the iPhone stuff...but with the very sad news of Steve Jobs passing on Wednesday we couldn\'t possibly start a post about the iPhone without mentioning the revolutionary man himself. Steve Jobs was a truly great visionary, who changed the world of technology forever with his forward thinking...he will be greatly missed, and our hearts go out to his family who will surely feel his loss most profoundly. \n\n\n\nRegarding Apple\'s big iPhone announcement this week (which feels a bit less important now...but I guess that\'s life...), we’ve been waiting on tenterhooks to find out just what Apple have been up to behind the iPhone scenes. Whilst we are super stoked that the new iPhone will have a major camera upgrade – and for many iPhoneographers that’s reason enough to get on board, but for some of us (myself included) this announcement leaves us in a bit of a quandary. Do we upgrade to iPhone 4S right away, or do we wait for the actual iPhone 5 which might be better still? It\'s the archetypical dilemma, you might say, should we follow advances in technology as soon as they come out? Or should we wait to get the upgraded technology at a later date and risk feeling left behind (read: totally jealous) until the next release.\n\nWell, for many of you this will depend on your mobile service provider and the way they handle your subscription. In many cases you get stuck with them for 2 years when you buy an iPhone contract, but Apple generally upgrades the device every year! So buying the iPhone 4S today means bypassing the iPhone 5 next year or paying out of the nose to upgrade when the 5 comes out. Let’s not even TALK about buying an iPhone off the shelf as for many of us this is just crazy business. \n\nSo we figured some of you might be in the same position we are in today…into iPhoneography but wondering whether or not to upgrade…? So here’s the upgrade situation as we see it. There’s essentially three types of iPhonographers: casual snappers, amateur enthusiasts, and pro photographers turned iPhoneographers. Which one are you? \n\nIf you take photos here and there, snap a photo occasionally, or only use your iPhone camera when you think of it – you’re a casual iPhoneographer. \n\nAmateur enthusiasts are a likely to be quite involved to totally obsessed with iPhoneography. They are snapping all the time, have tried all the apps, and are immersed in photo-sharing culture on Instagram and the like. \n\nPros turned iPhoneographers are pretty self-explanatory, and we’re seeing much more of this these days. Pro photogs going mobile are doing some amazing things with iPhoneography – and there will surely be more pros going this way as technology advances even further. Most pros are likely to upgrade anyway so this post doesn’t necessarily relate to them… \n\nSo are you thinking about upgrading? Well, there are a few good reasons you might consider upgrading: \n\n-	you are a casual iPhoneographer wanting to get more involved \n-	you want to print your photos larger than 8x10 size (that\'s what the additional megapixels will help you with)\n-	you take a lot of HDR or panoramic photos, and you do a lot of editing on the iPhone and want better and faster editing capabilities. \n-	you need a lot more space for photos (and especially videos), and you don\'t mind shelling out for the 64GB 4S.\n-	you are on a 3GS and want to not only upgrade your camera, but also have better luck with the iOS upgrade. \n\nLet me explain a few of those points above. \n\nThere’s a lot of hubbub about the upgraded 8 megapixel camera and we’re agreed that it will likely be a huge step up. But don’t forget that a camera of that size is also likely to be quite power-hungry, so despite the dual-core A5 chip, you may still experience slow processing. This point remains to be seen, so on that basis it might be worth waiting to see what the reviews say about actual processing speed on the iPhone 4S. Also, it goes without saying that if you’re still on the 3GS (like I am), you may also want to consider upgrading (to at least a 4, given that the iOS 5 update may wreak havoc on your phone). I’ve had a play around with iOS 5 on my own 3GS and have found it quite sluggish and slow, mind you it is still a BETA version…\n\nSo, what’s an iPhoneographer to do? Well, if you want to print your photos, you need more megapixels, and you need a lot more space then it’s a no-brainer. Upgrade. \n\nIf like me, you’re on the fence but know you need to go one way or another – perhaps wait until the 4S actually comes out to see what other iPhoneographers and reviewers are saying about the camera and editing capabilities. Of course, if you don’t upgrade you won’t get to try out Siri, and let’s face it, we all want a personal assistant in our pockets, so maybe you should just get the dang upgrade anyway...Apple does it again! \n','Upgrade to iPhone 4S? An iPhoneographers Point-of-View','','inherit','open','open','','5607-revision-2','','','2011-10-06 08:57:20','2011-10-06 08:57:20','',5607,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5607-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0);
